Trying to understand the Arabic Language

Transkript

1 1 Trying to understand the Arabic Language (By Mohammed Aijaz Mohiuddin) Contents Preface and About the Author Note to the Reader Book Features Tanveen (Seq # 1) No word for 'a' and 'an' (Seq # 2) Indefinite Noun and Definite Noun (Seq # 3) ) will not be preceded with person names nouns (Seq # ا ل Sun letters and Moon Letters (Seq # 5) (6 29 (Seq # م ج ر و ر and م ن ص و ب,م ر ف و ع Default case of any noun is م ر ف و ع (Seq # 7) Feminine gender Nouns (Seq # 8) Part of the body with pairs are feminine (Seq # 9) Parts of speech in the Arabic language (Seq # 10) Triptotes and Diptotes (Seq # 11)... 37

2 2 3 م ج ر و ر and م ن ص و ب Ending of a Diptote noun is Fatah in case of (Seq # 12) First two categories of Diptotes (Seq # 13) Detached personal pronouns (Seq # 14) Prepositions, heavily used topic in Quran (Seq # 15) Behavior of Diptote with Preposition (Seq # 16) Prepositions when with Pronouns (Seq # 17) Vocative Harmony, Jaar Majroor case of for preposition with attached pronoun (Seq # 18) Jaar Majroor with other prepositions (Seq # 19) (20 (Seq # ه م ز ة الو ص ل و ه م ز ة ال ق ط ع ل ي ه (21 (Seq # م ض اف م ض اف ا The difference between "Book of a student" and "Book of the student" (Seq # 22) ل ي ه Examples of (23 (Seq # م ض اف م ض اف ا Muzaaf Muzaaf ilaihi with pronouns (Seq # 24) Understanding Ya-Mutakallim (Seq # 25) Explaining Preposition + pronoun = jaar majroor, Noun + pronoun ل ي ه = (26 (Seq # م ض اف م ض اف ا ل ي ه Preposition before (27 (Seq # م ض اف م ض اف ا Adverbs (Seq # 28) ل ي ه...(29 74 (Seq # ظ ر ف م ض اف ا Demonstrative Pronouns (Seq # 30) Relative Pronouns (Seq # 31) Particle of Conjunction ( ف ع ط ف (ح ر (Seq # 32) Effect of conjunction و on subsequent words (nouns) (Seq # 33) ل ي ه Chain of (34 (Seq # م ض اف م ض اف ا Concept of Mabni (Seq # 35) Learning 14 Personal Pronouns (Seq # 36) Jaar Majroor with 14 pronouns (Seq # 37) Muzaaf Muzaaf ilaihi with 14 pronouns (Seq # 38) ه ن, ه م ا,ه م,ه م ا,ه و Specialty of five attached pronouns of (Vocative harmony) (Seq # 39) No corresponding word for the English word it (Seq # 40)... 94

3 4 5 Introduction to Arabic Plurals (Seq # 41) Sound Masculine Plurals (Seq # 42) Sound Feminine Plurals (Seq # 43) Broken Plurals (Seq # 44) All the broken plurals are treated as feminine singular (Seq # 45) 101 Duals (Seq # 46) Adjectives (Seq # 47) No Arabic word for is (Seq # 48) Introduction to Nominal sentence (Seq # 49) Subject ( ا (ا ل م ب ت د is always م ر ف و ع (Seq # 50) (ش ب ه ج م ل ة ( phrase and a (ج م ل ة ( Sentence Difference between a (Seq # 51) types of Predicate ( (خ ب ر (Seq # 52) One word predicate (Seq # 53) comes in the position of subject or predicate (Seq م ض ا ف م ض اف ال ي ه # 54) Prepositional phrase as a predicate ( (خ ب ر (second type) (Seq # 55) Adverbial phrase as a predicate ( (خ ب ر (third type) (Seq # 56) Khabar can come before in nominal sentence (Seq # 57) Nominal sentence as Predicate (fourth type) (Seq # 58) Verbal sentence as Predicate (fifth type) (Seq # 59) Difference between "This book" and "This is a book" (Seq # 60) Simple grammatical analysis of arabic statements (Seq # 60A) Vocative particle ي ا (Seq # 61) Interrogative particle ( ه ل and (ا (Seq # 62) Adding Emphasis to the sentence by ل (Seq # 63) ن ), the particle of emphasis and Nasbin (Seq # ا ) when joins with 14 pronouns (Seq # ا ن ن Ladder slider game of ) (Seq # ل and ا Triple emphasis (Seq # 67) ن Sisters of ) (Seq # ا Grammatical analysis (GA) of few Quran verses (Seq # 68A)

4 6 7 Usage of ا م and ا و (Seq # 69) Few more categories of Diptotes (Seq # 70) Which ( (ا ي (Seq # 71) Comparative and superlative degrees (Seq # 72) Interrogative particle م ا (Seq # 73) Answering the question with ب لى and ن ع م (Seq # 74) Duals of demonstrative pronouns ذ ل ك,ه ذ ه,ه ذا and ت ل ك (Seq # 75) Duals of relative pronouns ال ذ ي and ال تي (Seq # 76) Introduction to verbal sentence (Seq # 77) Introduction to Three radicals (or letters) (Seq # 78) Transitive verbs and Intransitive verbs (Seq # 79) Characteristics of the Root of the verb (Seq # 80) Important Baabs (Chapters) of verb (Seq # 81) Understanding Baab ف ت ح session # 1 (Seq # 82) Understanding Baab ف ت ح session # 2 (Seq # 83) Understanding Baab ف ت ح session # 3 (Seq # 84) Understanding Baab ف ت ح session # 4 (Seq # 85) Understanding Baab ف ت ح session # 5 (Seq # 86) Putting together all the things learned from the last 5 topics (Seq # 87) Practice session for the Verb Past tense (Seq # 88) Mutaharrik Pronouns and Saakin Pronouns for the Past tense (Seq # 89) Understanding Baab ف ت ح present tense ( ار ع (م ض (Seq # 90) Practice session for the Verb Present tense (Seq # 91) Mutaharrik Pronouns and Saakin Pronouns for the Present tense (Seq # 92) Revisiting the topic Verbal sentence as Predicate (fifth type) for Nominal sentence (Seq # 93) Unique Characteristics of second letter ( ك ل م ة (ع (Seq # 94) Few sample verbs from Baab Fataha ( (ف ت ح (a-a group) (Seq # 95)203 Few sample verbs from Baab Nasara ( ر (ن ص (a-u group) (Seq # 96)

5 8 9 Few sample verbs from Baab Zaraba ( ر ب (ض (a-i group) (Seq # 97) Few sample verbs from Baab Sami`a ( م ع (س (i-a group) (Seq # 98) Particle of futurity, Future tense (Seq # 99) Importance of Vowel signs, Understanding ذهبت (Seq # 100) Joining pronouns to the verbs (Seq # 101) Protection noon ن (Seq # 102) Protection alif ا (Seq # 103) Mafoulin bihi along with the doer ت م (Seq # 104) Verbal sentence cannot have two doers (Seq # 105) Moods of the verb (Seq # 106) Imperative tense ( ا م ر (ف ع ل (Seq # 107) Prohibitive لا (Seq # 108) Negative particle for past, present and future (Seq # 109) Negative particles ( ل م and ل م ا ) (Seq # 110) The particle ا ن and ال ت ع ل ي ل ( ل (لام (Seq # 111) Masdar م ص د ر (Seq # 112) Masdar Muawwal ( م ص د ر م و و ل ) (Seq # 113) Special verb ل ي س and ال ح ج از ي ة ( م ا (م ا (Seq # 114) Hope or fear by the verb ع س ى (Seq # 114A) Understanding relative pronouns again (Seq # 114B) Grammatical analysis (GA) of few Quran verses (Seq # 114C) Introduction to Weak verbs (Seq # 115) Tips for understanding Weak verbs (Seq # 116) ) verbs (Seq # ال م ث ال ) verbs (a-u group) (Seq # الا ج و ف ) verbs (a-i group) (Seq # الا ج و ف ) verbs (i-a group) (Seq # الا ج و ف ) verbs (past tense) (Seq # ال ن اق ص ) verbs (present tense) (Seq # ال ن اق ص ) verbs (Imperative tense) (Seq # ال ن اق ص AlMuzaafu ( ع ف (ال م ض verbs (Seq # 124) Classification of verbs (Seq # 125)

6 10 11 Laam of command (or request) for third and first person (Seq # 126) Special verb ر ا ى (Seq # 127) Special verb ا ت ى (Seq # 128) Doer ( م ال ف اع ل (اس (Seq # 129) Noun for the object on which the action done on (Seq # 130) Noun of place and time (Seq # 131) Noun for instrument (Seq # 132) Revisiting the Nominal sentence structure (Seq # 133) Interrogative Nouns (Seq # 134) Mubtada can be indefinite (Seq # 135) Order of Mubtada and Khabar (Seq # 136) Revisiting the Verbal sentence structure (Seq # 137) Adverbs In detail (Seq # 138) Words acting like an Adverb (Seq # 139) Words ق ب ل and ب ع د (Seq # 140) Usage of verb ك ان in Nominal sentence (Seq # 141) Sister of لا ي ز ا ل ( ك ان ) (Seq # 142) As for as, ا م ا (Seq # 143) Taking oath by ( (و (Seq # 144) Circumstances ( ال ح ال ) (Seq # 145) Five Nouns ( س م اء ال خ م س ة (الا (Seq # 146) Plural of ا ب ن (Seq # 147) Duals and sound masculine plurals when becomes Muzaaf (Seq # 148) Word for Both (ك لا) (Seq # 149) Word for another (Seq # 150) Hope or fear ( (ل ع ل (Seq # 151) Extra min ( الز اي د ة (م ن (Seq # 152) Taukeed ( (الت و ك ي د (Seq # 153) Manqoos Noun ( (ال م ن ق و ص (Seq # 154) Understanding ف اع ل for Naaqis verbs (Seq # 155) Jazam for Demand (Seq # 156) Introduction to conditional sentences (Seq # 157)

7 12 13 Particle of Unfulfilled condition ( و (ل (Seq # 158) ذ ا Another adverb ) (Seq # ا ن The word ) and its sisters (Seq # ا Circumstances when Jawab (answer to condition) takes ف (Seq # 161) When (ل م ا) (Seq # 162) A word about ت ل ك,ا و ل ي ك and ذ ل ك (Seq # 163) A word about ل ك ن (Seq # 164) A word about ا ن م ا (Seq # 165) Even if ( ل و (و (Seq # 166) Masdar Mu`awwal (II) (Seq # 167) But for/because of ( لا (ل و (Seq # 168) Negative Laam for entire genus (لا) (Seq # 169) Intensive form for ا س م ال ف اع ل (Seq # 170) Usage of preposition ف ي with the verb د خ ل (Seq # 171) Meaning of surprise by ا ذ ا (Seq # 172) Two objects for ظ ن (Seq # 173) A word about the verb ج ع ل (Seq # 174) Partitive م ن (Seq # 175) Revisiting the badal concept (differentiating pronoun) (Seq # 176) Separate/detached and attached pronouns (Seq # 177) Usage of separate pronouns ( م ن ص و ب case) (Seq # 178) Introduction to mazeed ( (ال م ز ي د verbs (Seq # 179) Some general rules for understanding mazeed verbs (Seq # 180) Form-II ( ت ف ع ي ل (ب اب (Seq # 181) Extensive and Intensive action property of Form-II (Seq # 182) Form-III ( ف ع ال (ب اب (Seq # 183) Form-IV ( اف ع ال (ب اب (Seq # 184) Making intransitive verb into transitive verb (Seq # 185) Special verb ا ر ي (Seq # 186) Some more sisters of ك ان (Seq # 187) Form-V ( ب اب ت ف ع ل ) (Seq # 188) Form-VI ( ت ف اع ل (ب اب (Seq # 189)

8 14 15 Form-VII (Seq # 190) Form-VIII ( ا ف ت ع ال (ب اب (Seq # 191) Changes in Form-VIII (Seq # 192) Form-IX (Seq # 193) Form-X (Seq # 194) Four letter verbs (Seq # 195) Mazeed verbs for base four letter verbs (Seq # 196) Introduction to Passive voice (Seq # 197) Passive voice for Saalim verbs (Seq # 198) Passive voice for Mithaal verbs (Seq # 199) Passive voice for Ajwaf verbs (Seq # 200) ) (Absolute object) (Seq # ال م ف ع و ل ال م ط ل ق Understanding Energetic ن session # 1 (Seq # 202) Understanding Energetic ن session # 2 (Seq # 203) Understanding Energetic ن session # 3 (Seq # 204) Understanding Energetic ن session # 4 (Optional usage) (Seq # 205) Understanding Energetic ن session # 5 (Compulsory usage) (Seq # 206) Understanding Energetic ن session # 6 (Near Compulsory usage) (Seq # 207) Learning more about Diptotes (Seq # 208) State or Circumstance ( (ال ح ال (Seq # 209) ) noun (Seq # ال ت م ييز (211 (Seq # ال م ف ع و ل لا ج ل ه (or) ال م ف ع و ل ل ه Introduction to Exceptions (Seq # 212) Elements of Exceptions (Seq # 213) Types of exceptions (Seq # 214) Grammatical Rules of exception (Seq # 215) Introduction to Numbers (Seq # 216) Numbers 1 and 2 (Seq # 217) Numbers 3 to 10 (Seq # 218) Numbers 11 to 19 (Seq # 219) Numbers 20, 30, (Seq # 220)

9 16 17 Learning few middle numbers (Seq # 221) The ordinal numbers (Seq # 222) Few miscellenious grammatic rules (Seq # 223) References for future reading (Seq # 224) Answers to the exercises Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Preface and About the Author The author of this book is a student of knowledge like many others. He worked for Saudi Telecom Company in Saudi Arabia. He has attempted to put together his understanding for learning the Arabic language, explaining the ocean with a drop of water. This work happened only through the kind mercy of Allah. Let Allah Accept this work by his mercy. Aameen There is no copyright rule for this book. Anyone can use it for learning/teaching/spreading the Arabic language. By the will of Allah, This work is of the society and for the society. Society helped a lot in this work, so actual author of this work is no one but the society. Any mistake in this work is from the author himself (write to the below for corrections) and any good in this work is from Allah. (Society) + Author Address

10 18 19 Mohammed Aijaz Mohiuddin, S/o Mohammed Ghouse Mohiuddin, Student of knowledge, Computer Engineer, House No : /1, Ahmed Pura calony, Nizamabad , Telangana state, I N D I A - [email protected], ph: Date: 17 November, 2016 Note to the Reader Learning Arabic Language is fascinating and joyfull. So learn each topic with happiness. This is not a tajweed book, but it is a book to understand the Arabic language itself. Reader should have some knowledge of Arabic terminology (Tanveen, Dammah, Kathra, etc). Reader of this book should know how to read Quran with or without tajweed. But it is always recommended to learn tajweed. Respect your learning style. Give first preference to your learning style unless there is no CONFUSION. Reader should give some time for thinking. Reader of this book should have a good copy of Quran (hardcopy or any software) with him, as exercises of this book refer to the Quran. Quran (15:18:1) represents the Para (Juzz) # 15, chapter # 18, and verse # 1. All the are given from Chapter of Cave (Surah AlKahaf). Recite this Surah every Friday for further revision of what has been learnt. Terminologies like Pesh for Dhammah, Zabar for Fatah, Zair for Kathrah has been used interchangeably to cover both Western and Eastern (Asian countries) readers.

11 20 21 Reader of this book should try to write the Arabic text used in this book for better learning/understanding, if possible. Oral practice is must. Reader is recommended not to rush, not to jump the topics. Reader is recommended not to worry for vocabulary knowledge. It will come by time and as we proceed. The answers to the exercises are present in the last section namely Answers to the excercises. Pray the following Dua Book Features Each topic is arranged in an organized manner avoiding any confusions. Average reading time of topics is 10 minutes. So a reader can even spare 10 minutes time to complete a topic a day. are answerable as TRUE or FALSE. All the are given from Chapter of Cave (Surah AlKahaf). Recite this Surah every Friday for further revision of what has been learnt. Oh our Lord, increase our love towards each and every single letter of Quran, each and every single vowel sign of Quran, each and every single word of Quran, each and every single verse of Quran, all the chapters of Quran and towards Arabic Language. Aameen.

12 22 Dua Oh our Lord, increase our love towards each and every single letter of Quran, each and every single vowel sign of Quran, each and every single word of Quran, each and every single verse of Quran, all the chapters of Quran and towards the Arabic Language. Aameen. Tanveen (Seq # 1) The tanveen is a symbol that comes on the ending letters of Arabic nouns. Tanveen can be double Dhammah (,( or double Fatah ( ( or double Kathrah (.( Consider a letter.ب Tanveen on this letter can take the form: ب (bun), ب ا (ban), ب (bin). The extra alif (ا) in case of ban is just a spelling rule. These forms are used depending on the situation, which we will learn in upcoming topics. Examples: ك ت ا ب, ك ت اب ا, ك ت ا ب A) book) 23 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The word ج د ار (a wall) ends with tanveen. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The word ك ن ز (a treasure) ends with tanveen. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The word ذ ك ر ا (A story or remembrance) ends with tanveen. No word for 'a' and 'an' (Seq # 2) In the Arabic language, there is no equal word for English words 'a' and 'an'. Then how can we say any one book or a book? It has to be said with tanveen. This tanveen has hidden 'a' and 'an'. Examples: ك ت اب (A book), ق ل م (A pen), ي ت ي م (An orphan) 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The word ج دا ر means a wall. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The word ك ن ز means a treasure.

13 ) State TRUE or FALSE: The word ك ل م ة (A word) has hidden a. Indefinite Noun and Definite Noun (Seq # 3) The noun in Arabic is termed as ا س م. The nouns in Arabic can be Indefinite or definite. Indefinite nouns ends with tanveen and does not represent a specific/particular thing. If it is definite noun then the noun is preceded by ا ل and it represents a specific/particular thing. In English this means "The". When you put ا ل then tanveen will be dropped and it will only have single vowel sign (single Pesh, single Zabar or single Zair). Tanveen and ا ل cannot co-exist together. See the examples below. Indefinite Noun Examples: (A pen, It can be any ق ل م book), (A book, It can be any ك ت ا ب pen) Definite Noun Examples: ال + ك ت اب = ال ك ت اب ال + ق ل م = ال ق ل م (the ال ق ل م book), (the book, representing to a particular ال ك ت اب pen, representing to a particular pen) Note: Quran (X:Y:Z) represents the Para (Juzz) # X, chapter # Y, and verse # Z. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:34). The indefinite noun ث م ر (fruit) present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:35). The indefinite noun ظ ال م (an unjust person) present in this verse.

14 ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:46). The definite noun ال م ال (The money, The property) present in this verse. 4) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:79). The definite noun الس ف ي ن ة (The ship) is not present in this verse. 5) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:82). The definite noun ال ج د ا ر (The wall) is present in this verse. ا ل ل ل ل will not be preceded with person names nouns (Seq # 4) All the person name nouns are definite by default. Let us take a person name,.م ح م د We don t need to put ا ل in front of it. So it is wrong to say.ا ل م ح م د They are also termed as proper name nouns. Examples: etc. ع ز ي ر, ش ا ه د, م ب ش ر, ح ا م د 1) State TRUE or FALSE: ش ا ه د is a person name. So it is. الش ا ه د wrong to say 2) State TRUE or FALSE: ك ه ف (A cave) is not a person name. So it is correct to say ا ل ك ه ف (The cave). 3) State TRUE or FALSE: م د ي ن ة (A town) is a person name. Sun letters and Moon Letters (Seq # 5) In the Arabic language the alphabets (or letters) are divided into two categories namely: the Sun letters and the Moon letters. If those are memorized then well and good, otherwise the student/reader will learn them automatically as the time goes.

15 28 29 The rule is that any noun that starts with sun letters and if Al is attached to it (for making it definite) then ل of ا ل will not be read and it is silent (assimilated). The first letter of such.( ) word will get Tashdeed Any noun that starts with Moon letter and if Al is attached to it (for making it definite) then ل of ا ل will be read and it will not be silent. Sun Letters ت ث د ذ ر ز س ش ص ض ط ظ ل ن Example الش م س Moon Letters ا ب ج ح خ ع غ ف ق ك م و ه ي Example ال ق م ر 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:6). The word ال ح د ي ث is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:11). We pronounce the ل of ال in the word ال كه ف because the letter ك is a moon letter. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:79). The word ال س ف ي ن ة (The ship) is present in this verse.,م ر ف و م ر ف و ع ع ع و ب ب م ن ص and م ج ر و ر ر (Seq # 6) In the Arabic language every noun declines. It means that it.م جر و ر, م ن ص و ب, م ر ف وع comes in different forms namely will have two dammah as ending for the indefinite noun م ر ف وع and single dammah for the definite noun. م ن ص و ب will have two fatah as ending for the indefinite noun and single fatah for the definite noun. م جر و ر will have two kathrah as ending for

16 ع the indefinite noun and single fatah for the definite noun. See below example Example of Indefinite noun Meaning: A book (م ر ف وع ( ك ت ا ب Meaning: A book (م ن ص و ب ( ك ت اب ا Meaning: A book (م جر و ر ( ك ت ا ب Example of definite noun Meaning: The book (م ر ف و ( ال كت ا ب Meaning: The book (م ن ص و ب ( ال كت ا ب Meaning: The book (م جر و ر ( ال كت ا ب In the English language the terminology is nominative case for and genitive case for م ن ص و ب accusative case for,م ر ف وع terminology. No need to worry about English.م جر و ر Forms in these three different cases will be used based on the situation and this will be learned further. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:9). The word ال ك ه ف which is ر ور,م ج present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:54). م ج ر ور The word with meaning The Quran, which is present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:63).,م ر ف و ع The word with meaning The Shaitaan, which is present in this verse. 4) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:63). The word ا ل ب ح ر (The sea) which is م ج ر ور present in this verse. 5) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:69)..م ن ص و ب (Patient) is ص ا ب ر The case of the word Default case of any noun is ع و و ع ر ف (Seq # م م م م 7)

17 ع The default case of all the Arabic nouns is nominative case. That is the noun always ends with two dammah (م ر ف و ( (indefinite) or single dammah (definite). The case will change if it is affected by any grammatical rule. We will learn as we go further. Examples Case Noun ع ع ع ع م ر ف و ا ل ب ح ر Sea) (The م ر ف و ح و ت (Fish) م ر ف و ع ب د (Worshipper) م رف و ش د ي د (Severe) 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:4). The word و ل دا (a son) which is م ن ص و ب is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: All the Arabic nouns by default exist in the م ن ص و ب case. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:17). The word ال ش م س (the sun) is not the م ر ف وع case. Feminine gender Nouns (Seq # 8) Arabic is very gender specific language. Noun for feminine gender ends with.ة This ة is called as round ta ( ta marbootah ). As an example, the noun for the masculine (male) doctor is ط ب ي ب. To make it for the feminine (female) doctor, ة should be added at the end. So the noun will be will be feminine ة. So most of the nouns having this ط ب ي ب ة nouns. Below are the few more examples. Meaning Noun الس ف ين ة The ship The الص خر ة rock

18 34 35 ج ن ة Paradise 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:5). The feminine gender noun ك ل م ة (a word) is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:7). The feminine gender noun ز ي ن ة (decoration) is present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:10). The feminine gender noun ا ل ف ت ي ة (Young men) is present in this verse. 4) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:17). The feminine gender noun ف ج و ة (A middle area) is present in this verse. 5) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:19). The noun ال م دي ن ة (The town) is feminine. Part of the body with pairs are feminine (Seq # 9) The parts of the body which are two in numbers (i.e. pairs) like eyes, ears, hands, legs are feminine though they don t end with ta). (the round ة ع ي ن Eye, ا ذ ن Ear, ي د Hand, ر ج ل Leg, The above nouns are feminine in nature. Parts of speech in the Arabic language (Seq # 10) English language has 8 parts of speech namely: Noun, Pronoun, adjective, preposition, verb, adverb, conjunction and interjection.

19 36 37 But the Arabic language has only 3 parts of speech. Those are Noun, Verb and Particle. These 3 parts of speech of arabic language covers all the parts of speech of english language as per the below table. Verb (ح ر ف ( Particle ) ف ع ل ( ) ا س م ( Noun Arabic Arabic Noun covers Arabic Particle includes the below parts of preposition and speech from English. conjunction. Verb = ح ر ف ج ر = Preposition ف ع ل ا س م = Noun ح ر ف = Conjunction ضم ي ر = Pronoun ع ط ف ن ع ت Adjective= ظ ر ف = Adverb ا س م = Interjection الف ع ل 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The Arabic noun ( ا س م ) includes the English nouns, pronouns, adjectives, adverbs and interjections. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: In the Arabic language the verb particle. ) is a ف ع ل ( 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Prepositions and conjunctions are treated as particles ( ر ف (ح in the Arabic language. Triptotes and Diptotes (Seq # 11) This is a very important topic to understand. Nouns in the Arabic language are categorized as Triptotes and Diptotes based on the complete or partial declension of nouns.

20 38 39 A noun with complete declension has two dammah when it is and two kathrah when it م ن ص و ب two fatah when it is,م ر ف و ع is ر و ر.م ج Such a noun is called as triptote. Triptote Examples Case Examples Triptotes of م ر ف و ع ح ا م د م ح م د ك ت ا ب م ن ص و ب ب ح ا م دا م ح م د ا ك ت اب ا ر و ر ح ا م د م ح م د ك ت ا ب م م م م ج A noun with partial declension has one dammah when it is and one fatah when it is م ن ص و ب one fatah when it is,م ر ف و ع tanveen. In partial declension a noun do not end with.م ج ر و ر Such a noun is called as diptote. Diptote Examples Case Examples of Diptotes م ر ف و ع ن ا ب ر اه ي م م ر ي م ف ر ع و و ب ب م ن ص ن ا ب ر اه ي م م ر ي م ف ر ع و م ج ر و ر ر ن ا ب ر اه ي م م ر ي م ف ر ع و Observe the endings in the end of above nouns. They don t end with tanveens. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:31). The word ا س او ر (A bracelets) which is a diptote is present in this verse.

21 ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:37). The word ر ج لا (A man) is a triptote and is present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:94). The words ي ا ج و ج and م ا ج و ج are diptotes and not present in this verse. 4) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:106). The word ج ه ن م (hell) which is a diptote is present in this verse. 5) State TRUE or FALSE: The word س ا ع ة (An hour) is a triptote. Ending of a Diptote noun is Fatah in case of و ب ب م ن ص and و و ر ر ر ر م ج ر (Seq # 12) In the last session we have learnt triptotes and diptotes. For its importance, it is to note once again that the endings of Diptotes in the case of م ن ص و ب and م ج ر و ر form are Fatah (i.e, Zabar). Observe the following examples to recognize Fatah (i.e,.م ج ر و ر and م ن ص و ب Zabar) in the case of Case Examples of Diptotes م ر ف و ع ع ع ن ا ب ر اه ي م م ر ي م ف ر ع و و ب ب م ن ص ن ا ب ر اه ي م م ر ي م ف ر ع و م ج ر و ر ر ن ا ب ر اه ي م م ر ي م ف ر ع و 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The م ن ص و ب ending of a diptote noun is not Dammah. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The م ن ص و ب and م ج ر ور endings of a diptote noun is Fatah. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Diptote nouns do not end with tanveen (two dammah, two fatah, two kathrah). First two categories of Diptotes (Seq # 13)

22 42 43 There are few categories of nouns which are diptotes in the Arabic language. In this session, two categories with examples are given below. Category # 1 (All feminine person (Women) name nouns are Diptotes) Case Examples of o f Feminine Person names ز ي ن ب ف اط م ة م ر ي م م ر ف و ع ز ي ن ب ف اط م ة م ر ي م م ن ص و ب ز ي ن ب ف اط م ة م ر ي م م ج ر و ر Category # 2 (All Foreign name nouns are Diptotes) Arabic language considers the names like Ibrahim, Ismail, London, Washington, Yaajooj, Majooj etc as foreign names as compare to Mohammed, Hamid etc as local names. So, all foreign name nouns in the Arabic language are diptotes. Examples below. Case Examples of Foreign name nouns ب ر اه ي م ل ن د ن م ر ف و ع ف ر ع و ن ا ب ر اه ي م ل ن د ن م ن ص و ب ف ر ع و ن ا ب ر اه ي م ل ن د ن م ج ر و ر ف ر ع و ن ا Other categories of diptotes will be discussed as and when required. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: In the Arabic language, the name name. is not a foreign م ح م د 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:94). The two words ي ا ج و ج and م ا ج و ج are diptotes because they are foreign names and are present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: All the foreign name nouns are diptotes in the Arabic language.

23 Detached personal pronouns (Seq # 14) In the Arabic language there are total 14 personal pronouns. All these 14 personal pronouns are definite. In this session we learn only 6 of them. Observe the below table. He (masculine) They All ه و (masculine) You ه م (masculine) ا ن ت You All (masculine) ا ن ت م I ا ن ا ن ح ن We You can use some physical interactive actions to memorize them. Use the below procedure for it and practice a lot. Step 1: Keep your right hand on right side and point out with.ه و single fore finger to represent He and say loudly Step 2: Keep your right hand on right side and point out with.ه م all the fingers to represent they and say loudly Step 3: Keep your right hand infront of you and point out with single fore finger in the front direction to represent you and.ا ن ت say loudly Step 4: Keep your right hand infront of you and point out with all the fingers in the front direction to represent they and say.ا ن ت م loudly Step 5: Keep your right hand and point towards yourself with.ا ن ا single fore finger to represent I and say loudly Step 6: Keep your right hand and point towards yourself with.ن ح ن all the fingers to represent We and say loudly The reader can use any comfortable method to practice these 6 personal pronouns.

24 ) State TRUE or FALSE: The personal pronoun which means We is present in the verse Quran (15:18:13). 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The personal pronoun which means They all (masculine) is present in the verse Quran (15:18:17). 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The two personal pronouns which means I and He are present in the verse Quran (15:18:34). 4) State TRUE or FALSE: The personal pronoun which means I is not present in the verse Quran (16:18:110). 5) State TRUE or FALSE: The personal pronoun which.ا ن ت means You (masculine) is Prepositions, heavily used topic in Quran (Seq # 15) See the below table of prepositions. English Meaning Proposition م ن from ف ي in ل for With, by, in, of, on (Its meaning depends on the ب context) ع ل ى on ال ى towards ع ن About Nouns become م جر و ر if they come after any preposition..م ر ف و ع (the book). By default it is ال ك ت اب Consider the noun

25 48 49 Preposition م ن when comes before makes this noun ال ك ت اب to below. as shown م ج ر و ر + ال ك ت اب = م ن ال ك ت اب The combination of this Preposition and Noun is called as (Jaar-Majroor). This combination is heavily used in ج ا ر م ج ر و ر Quran. Examples Meaning Jaar Majroor Noun Preposition = م ن ال ك ت اب from the book م ن + ا ل ك ت اب from the م ن ا ل ب ي ت = م ن ال ب ي ت house + ا ل ك ه ف = ف ي ال ك ه ف in the cave ف ي + م ن ال ب ح ر = ف ي ال ب ح ر in the sea ف ي + + ش ر = م ن ش ر from evil م ن ب ا لل ه = ب لهل on Allah + The preposition ب has lot of meanings depending on the context. These contexts will be learned in future. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:10). The word ال ك ه ف is م ج ر و ر because of the preposition.ال ى 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:15)..ع ل ى because of the preposition م ج ر و ر is الل ه The word 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:19). The word ال م د ي ن ة (the city, the town) which is م ج ر و ر is present in this verse. 4) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:37). The phrase م ن ت ر ا ب (from dust) which is a Jaar-Majroor combination is present in this verse.

26 ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:40). The word الس ما ء (The sky) is م ج ر و ر because of the preposition م ن before it. Behavior of Diptote with Preposition (Seq # 16) We learned earlier that Fatah is the ending for diptote noun in below. cases. One simple example is م جر و ر and م ن ص و ب Observe the م ج ر و ر case, it has Fatah. م ر ف و ع ع ع ج ه ن م ب م ن ص صو ج ه ن م ر و ر ر ر ر ج ه ن م م م م م ج When a preposition comes before any diptote noun, the diptote noun will also become م ج ر و ر with Fatah as the ending. This understanding should be clear with the following two examples. Example: ف ي + ج ه ن م = ف ي ج ه ن م.م ج ر و ر is ج ه ن م (in hellfire). Here ف ي ج ه ن م ب ر اه ي م ع ل ع ل ى + ا ب ر اه ي م = ى ا (on Ibrahim). Here ع لى ا ب ر اه ي م ر is ا ب ر اه ي م.م ج ر و 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:31). The diptote noun ا س او ر (bracelets) is م ج ر و ر because of the preposition م ن before it. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:94). م ج ر و ر are not م ا ج و ج and ي ا ج و ج The two diptote nouns as there is no preposition before them. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:106)..م ر ف و ع is ج ه ن م The diptote noun

27 52 53 Prepositions when with Pronouns (Seq # 17) Pronouns may come after prepositions. So, when these pronouns (pronouns comes under the category of nouns in the Arabic language) join prepositions we get again the construction Jaar Majroor. The Jaar Majroor is a two words combination or construction. The below table is one such example. In the below table of Jaar Majroor construction the final endings ن ا,ي,ك م,ك, ه م,ه are called as attached pronouns. These attached pronouns (,ي,ك م,ك,ه م,ه (ن ا are in case. No need to worry remembering these attached م ج ر ور pronouns, they come by time and little practice. Meaning Jaar Majroor Detached Pronoun Preposition م ن + ه و = م ن ه (masculine) from him م ن + ه م = م ن ه م (masculine) from them م ن + ا ن ت = م ن ك (masculine) from you from you all م ن + ا ن ت م = م ن ك م (masculine) from me from us م ن + ا ن ا = م ن ي م ن + ن ح ن = م ن ا 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:39). The attached pronoun ك in the ج ار م ج ر و ر construction.م ر ف و ع is م ن ك 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:81). The ج ار م ج ر و ر construction م ن ه is present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:83). The attached pronoun ه in the ج ار م جر و ر construction.م ج ر و ر is م ن ه Vocative Harmony, Jaar Majroor case of for preposition with attached pronoun (Seq # 18).(ل ( for See the below table for the preposition

28 54 55 Meaning Jaar Majroor Detached Pronoun Preposition ل + ه و = ل ه (masculine) for him ل + ه م = ل ه م (masculine) for them ل + ا ن ت = ل ك (masculine) for you for you all ل + ا ن ت م = ل ك م (masculine) ل + ا ن ا = ل ي for me ل + ن ح ن = ل ن ا for us If you see above table the preposition for upon its independence is. ل It is Li with kathrah (Zair). When it ل لن اس Examples are. ل as joins with direct noun it is written (For the mankind), ل ا د م (for Adam) etc. But when being joined with pronoun it is getting Fatah (Zabar). There is no Arabic grammatical rule here. It is to get vocative harmony (something easy to say). Saying Lihu is difficult. And saying Lahu is easy and gets vocative harmony. That is the reason it is getting Fatah. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:2). The Jaar-Majroor ل ه م (for them) is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The Jaar-Majroor construction (15:18:10). Quran (for us) is present in the verse ل ن ا ل ه 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The Jaar-Majroor construction (for him) is present in the verse Quran (15:18:43). Jaar Majroor with other prepositions (Seq # 19) The below tables provide Jaar-Majroor constructions with 6 pronouns and prepositions. Meaning (considering in this case with ) Jaar Majroor Detached Pronoun Preposition

29 56 57 ب + ه و = ب ه (masculine) with him with them ب + ه م = ب ه م (masculine) (masculine) with you ب ك = + ا ن ت ب with you all (masculine) ب ك م = + ا ن ت م ب ب + ا ن ا = ب ي with me ب + ن ح ن = ب ن ا with us Meaning Jaar Majroor Detached Pronoun Preposition ع ل ى + ه و = ع ل ي ه (masculine) On him ع ل ى + ه م = ع ل ي ه م (masculine) On them ع ل ى + ا ن ت = ع ل ي ك (masculine) On you ع ل ى + ا ن ت م = ع ل ي ك م (masculine) On you all ع ل ى + ا ن ا = ع ل ي On me ع ل ى + ن ح ن = ع ل ي ن ا On us Meaning Jaar Majroor Detached Pronoun Preposition ف ي + ه و = ف ي ه (masculine) in him ف ي + ه م = ف ي ه م (masculine) in them in you (masculine) in you all (masculine) ف ي + ا ن ت = ف ي ك ف ي + ا ن ت م = ف ي ك م ف ي + ا ن ا = ف ي in me ف ي + ن ح ن = ف ي ن ا in us Meaning Jaar Majroor Detached Pronoun Preposition ل ي ه (masculine) towards him ا لى + ه و = ا = ال ي ه م (masculine) Towards them ا لى + ه م Towards you (masculine) Towards you all (masculine) ا لى + ا ن ت = ال ي ك = ال ي ك م ا لى + ا ن ت م ل ي Towards me ا لى + ا ن ا = ا ا لى + ن ح ن = ال ي ن ا Towards us

30 58 59 Meaning about him (masculine) about them (masculine) Jaar Majroor Detached Pronoun Preposition ع ن + ه و = ع ن ه ع ن + ه م = ع ن ه م ع ن + ا ن ت = ع ن ك (masculine) about you ع ن + ا ن ت م = ع ن ك م (masculine) about you all about me ع ن + ا ن ا = ع ن ي ع ن + ن ح ن = ع ن ا about us ب ه 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The Jaar-Majroor combination is present in the verse Quran (15:18:5). 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The Jaar-Majroor combination (on you all) is not present in the verse Quran ع ل ي ك م (15:18:20). 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The Jaar-Majroor combination (on them) is present two times in the verse Quran ع ل ي ه م (15:18:21). 4) State TRUE or FALSE: The Jaar-Majroor combination (About them) is present in the verse Quran ع ن ه م (15:18:28). ل ي 5) State TRUE or FALSE: The Jaar-Majroor combination ا (towards me) is present in the verse Quran (16:18:110). ق ط ط ط ط ع ال الو و ص ص ص ص ل ل ل ل و و و و ه ه ه ه م م م م ز ز ز ز ة ة ه ه ه ه م م م م ز ز ز ز ة ة (Seq # 20) This is an important topic and needs attention. There are two Hamzas in the Arabic language. They are ه م ز ة ال و ص ل and. Hamzatul-wasl is read when the sentence or verse ه م ز ة ال ق طع is started by it. It is represented by small ص on top of it. If this Hamza comes in the middle of sentence or verse then it is silent or ignored and is not read. The Hamza of ال (the) is Hamzatul-wasl. It is not pronounced in the middle. Example: (And the wall) In the second و ال ج دا ر wall). (The ال جدا ر example, و joined directly to ل and ا is silent because it is Hamzatul-wasl.

31 60 61 Hamzatul-Qata`a is always read irrespective of its location. It is ن Example: neck on it. ع represented by small (indeed). ا This differentiation is generally given in Arabic font quran s. Observe this in the Quran copy. ا ل كت ا ب 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The Hamza of the word (the book) is not read in the verse Quran (15:18:1) because it is Hamzatul-wasl. الس ف ي ن ة 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The Hamza of the word (the ship) is not read in the verse Quran (16:18:79) because it is Hamzatul-wasl. ا ن 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The Hamza of the word (indeed) in the verse Quran (16:18:94) is read because it is Hamzatul-Qata`a. ل ي ي ه ه ه ه ا اف ف ا ا اف ف م م م م ض ض ض ض ا م م م م ض ض ض ض ا (Seq # 21) This is also one of the very important topic. In the Arabic language there is no equivalent word for the English word of. Nouns will undergo some changes to represent the concept for the English word of. This construction or concept is called as.م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه م ضا ف Below are the conditions of.م ر ف و ع i) It cannot have tanveen. By default it is ii) It cannot have Al. م ضا ف ال ي ه Below are the conditions of. م ج ر و ر i) It is always ii) It can be definite or indefinite.

32 62 63 ع Let us try to construct م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه for the phrase Book of Hamid. It is given in the below table. م ضا ف م ضا ف Example: Construction steps for Hamid) (Book of ال ي ه Steps Description noun2 noun1 1 Take Two nouns in default case م ر ف و ح ا م د ك ت ا ب 2 Remove tanveen from first م ضا ف noun to get ك ت ا ب 3 Make the second noun م ضا ف ا ل ي ه to get م جر و ر ح ا م د 4 Join step 2 and 3 to get ك ت اب حا م د Here ك ت ا ب is م ضا ف and ح ا م د is ضا ف ا ل ي ه.م Another example of م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه is below. ل م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه Example: Construction steps for (Night of the decree) Steps Description 1 2 noun2 noun1 ة يل Take Two nouns in default case م ر ف وع ق د ر ل ي ل ة ال قد ر ل يل ة ال قد ر Remove tanveen from first م ض اف noun to get Make the second noun م ض اف ا ل ي ه to get م جر و ر 3 4 Join step 2 and 3 to get.م ضا ف ا ل ي ه is ال ق د ر and م ضا ف is ل يل ة Here 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The phrase Chapter of the cave.م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه and it is س ور ة ال كه ف is written as

33 ) State TRUE or FALSE: In the phrase س ور ة ال كه ف the.م رف و ع and it is م ضا ف is س و ر ة word 3) State TRUE or FALSE: In the phrase س ور ة ال كه ف the.م جر و ر and it is م ضا ف ا ل ي ه is ال كه ف word م ضا ف 4) State TRUE or FALSE: In the construction of م ف ع is not م ضا ف, م ضا ف ال ي ه. ر و م ضا ف 5) State TRUE or FALSE: In the construction of م ضا ف ا ل ه, م ضا ف ال ي ه.م جر و ر is ي The difference between "Book of a student" and "Book of the student" (Seq # 22) Let us try to construct م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه for the two phrases Book of a student and Book of the student. 1) Book of a student In this phrase if we observe the word student is indefinite. م ج ر will be م ضا ف ال ي ه Thus ك ت اب and indefinite. So it is ر و. ط ال ب 2) Book of the student م ضاف ال ي ه In this phrase, the word student is definite. Thus will be م ج ر و ر and definite. So it is ك ت اب ال طال ب. Student is.ال preceded with Hence, م ض اف ال ي ه can be definite or indefinite. One more point to note that if م ضا ف ال ي ه is definite then automatically م ض ا ف will be definite. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the phrase. م لك ال س ف ين ة King of the ship is 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the phrase wall. ج د ار ال مل ك of the king is not

34 ) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the phrase. س ف ين ة ب ح ر Ship of sea is Examples of ا ل ي ي ه ه ه ه اف ف اف ف م م م م ض ض ض ض اا (Seq # م م م م ض ض ض ض اا 23) Find below few more examples of م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه for better understanding. ا ص حا ب People of the ال جن ة paradise People of the ا ص حاب النا ر fire ا ص حا ب People of the ال ف ي ل elephant Help of Allah ن صر الله Slave of Allah ع بد الله Mercy of Allah ر ح مة الله House of Allah ب يت الله 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The word ن ب ات means plants. This word is present as م ضا ف in the verse Quran (15:18:45). 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The phrase ن ب ات الا ر ض (plants of the earth) is م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه in the verse Quran (15:18:45). 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The word و ع د means promise. The. و ع د الله phrase Promise of Allah is translated as Muzaaf Muzaaf ilaihi with pronouns (Seq # 24) Let us consider the phrase in the English language His book. For understanding purpose, it can be rewritten as book of him. Thus it uses the concept of of. Hence it is also a in the Arabic language. So, when the م ض اف م ضا ف ال ي ه pronoun joins a noun then we get م ض ا ف م ض ا ف ال ي ه. See example below.

35 68 69 Meaning Muzaaf Muzaaf ilaihi Detached Pronoun Noun ك ت اب + ه و = ك ت اب ه him) His book (Book of ك ت اب + ه م = ك ت ابه م them) Their book (Book of ك ت اب + ا ن ت = ك ت اب ك you) Your book (Book of ك ت اب + ا ن ت م = ك ت اب كم all) Your all book (Book of you ك ت اب + ا ن ا = ك ت ابي mine) My book (Book of Our book (Book of us) ك ت اب + ن ح ن = ك ت اب نا In the above table ك ت اب is م ضا ف and is in م ر ف و ع case while the endings ن ا,ي,ك م,ك,ه م,ه are the attached pronouns..م ضا ف ال ي ه and م ج ر و ر These attached pronouns are 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The word ا ذ ان (ears) is ر ف و ع.م The phrase ا ذ ان ه م means their ears..م ر ف و ع (hearts) is ق ل و ب 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The word The phrase ق ل و ب ه م means their hearts. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The phrase ك ه ف ه م means their. م ض اف م ض ا ف ال ي ه cave. This is not 4) State TRUE or FALSE: The phrase ر ب ن ا (our lord) is. م ض اف م ض ا ف ال ي ه 5) State TRUE or FALSE: The phrase س ف ي ن ت ي (my ship) is. م ض اف م ض ا ف ال ي ه Understanding Ya-Mutakallim (Seq # 25) The letter ي is Ya Mutakallim ي) of First person). It is the attached personal pronoun for the detached personal pronoun table. Consider the below.ا ن ا ب ي ت + ا ن ا = ب ي ت ي In the phrase ب ي ت ي there are two words. Its translation is my house. The house ( ب ي ت ) in this phrase is.م ر ف و ع But because

36 70 71 of the power Ya Mutakallim, the dammah of ب ي ت becomes kathrah. Thus ب ي ت in ب ي ت ي is.م ر ف و ع This same thing applies to all the Muzaaf Muzaaf iliahi s with Ya Mutakallim. Such a thing our eyes cannot see but our mind can see if we understand. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The word ر ب in the phrase ر ب ي is.م ر ف و ع 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The word ج د ا ر in the phrase.م ر ف و ع (my wall) is ج د ار ي 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The word ح و ت (fish) in the.م ر ف و ع (my fish) is not ح وت ي phrase Explaining ing Preposition + pronoun = jaar majroor, Noun + pronoun = ي ي ه ه ه ه ل ا اف ف اف ف م م م م ض ض ض ض اا (Seq # م م م م ض ض ض ض اا 26) This is a revision topic. In earlier sessions we have learned Jaar Majroor and ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه.م Let us derive a simple formula now as below. Preposition + Pronoun = Jaar Majroor Example: م ن + ه و = م ن ه Translation: From Him م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه = Pronoun Noun + Example: Translation: Your lord = ر ب ك ت ا ن ر ب + Preposition before ا ل ي ي ه ه ه ه ا اف ف ا اف ف م م م م ض ض ض ض ا (Seq # م م م م ض ض ض ض ا 27)

37 72 73 This topic is very important to understand. We know that, the preposition will make the noun after it into م جر و ر case. So if preposition comes before م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه then it will make below. case. Example is م جر و ر into م ضا ف ف ي + س ب ي ل الله = في س ب ي ل الله In the path of Allah In night of the ف ي ل ي ل ة ال ق د ر = في ل ي ةل ال ق د ر decree + + ك ت اب ك = في ك ت ا ب ك In your book ف ي 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The phrase م ن اي ت ن ا (from our ج ار signs/verses) in the verse Quran (15:18:9) has both. م ض اف م ض ا ف ال ي ه and م ج ر و ر 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The phrase م ن ك ت اب ن ا (from our.م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه and ج ا ر م جر و ر book) has both 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The phrase ف ي ق ل ب ك (in your.م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه and ج ا ر م جر و ر heart) has both Adverbs (Seq # 28) In the Arabic language adverbs are also categorized as nouns. There are two kinds of adverb namely adverb of time and adverb of place. Example of adverb of time are ب ع د,ق ب ل etc. Example of adverb of place are ت ح ت,ع ن د,م ع etc. The adverb is termed as ر ف.ظ The following table gives corresponding meanings of few adverbs. Meaning Adverb ب ع د After ق ب ل before with م ع Near/have ع ن د under ت ح ت between Near/have ب ي ن ل د ى

38 ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:32). The adverb of location ب ي ن (between) is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:86). The adverb of place ع ن د (near) is present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:93). The adverb of location ب ي ن (between) is not present in this verse. ي ه ه ه ه ي ل ا اف ف ر ر ف ف م م م م ض ض ض ض اا (Seq # ظ ظ ظ ظ 29) Adverb followed by a direct noun or pronoun will lead to a. ظ ر ف م ضا ف ال ي ه construction called as Examples are below. with م ع الله Allah After ب عد ال ص لا ة prayer Near ع ن د الله Allah before ق بل ال غر و ب sunset Under ت حت ال م كت ب the table With م ع ه him near ع ن د ه م them Near the ل د ى ال ب ا ب door You ل د ي ك have Meaning ا ل ي ه ه ا ف م ض ف ر ظ ظ ظ ظ

39 76 77 ي (read as lada) changed to ل د ى Just a note that the alif of.(ل د ي ك ( pronoun is a م ضا ف ال ي ه when ت ح ت الس ف ي ن ة 1) State TRUE or FALSE: In the phrase (Under the ship) the word الس ف ي ن ة is م ضا ف ال ي ه and.م جر و ر ب ي ن (16:18:94) Quran 2) State TRUE or FALSE: In the verse (between) is not present. ب ي ن (16:18:95) Quran 3) State TRUE or FALSE: In the verse ك م (between) came two times and the attached pronouns م ر and م ضا ف ال ي ه are ه م and. جر و Demonstrative Pronouns (Seq # 30) These pronouns are used to demonstrate some object and they all are definite. Below is the table of these pronouns. They are self-explanatory. Demonstrative Meaning Pronouns This ه ذا (Masculine) This ه ذ ه (Feminine) That ذل ك (Masculine) That (Feminine) تل ك These ه و لا (Masc./Fem.) Those ا و ل ي ك (Masc./Fem.) 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:15). is present in this verse and it means these ه و لا (masculine/feminine). 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:23). verse. is present in this ذ ل ك

40 ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:24). verse. is not present in this ه ذ ا 4) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:31). verse. is present in this ا و ل ي ك 5) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:78). verse. is not present in this ه ذ ا Relative Pronouns (Seq # 31) The following are the relative pronouns in the Arabic language and they all are definite. These pronouns relate to other nouns. They mean literally as That which. Those which ال ذ ي ن (Masc./Fem.) 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:1)..الله is present in this verse and referring to ال ذ ي 2) State TRUE or FALSE: ال ذ ي ن is present in the verse Quran (15:18:28). It s meaning is those which (masculine/feminine). 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:30). verse. is present in this ال ذ ي ن Particle of Conjunction ( ع ع ط ط ط ط ف ف ف ف ر ف (Seq # (ح ح ح ح 32) Meaning That which (masculine) That which (feminine) Relative Pronouns ال ذ ي ال ت ي Particle of conjunction are used to connect the sentences or statements, words etc. In the Arabic language particle of conjunction is termed as ر ف ع ط ف.ح Below is a table describing few of them with meanings. Other ح ر ف ع ط ف will be discussed in upcoming topics later on.

41 80 81 ح ر ف ع ط ف Meaning و and ف thus or then Effect of conjunction on subsequent و و و و words (nouns) (Seq # 33) Let us see the below construction. ف ي الس م ا ء Its meaning is In the sky. Now let us write In the sky and earth. In this case we have to use ح ر ف ع ط ف which is.و The below is the construction looks like. ف ي الس م ا ء و الا ر ض Upon observing the above it is clear that the earth is following the same case م ج ر و ر as that of the sky. Thus particle of conjunction changes the subsequent nouns to the م ع ط و ف same master noun case. In Arabic it is described as which means connected to. So in the above statement ع لى The earth is connected to The sky. It is said in the Arabic as م ع ط وف ع لى الا ر ض الس م ا ء 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:9). The ح ر ف ع ط ف is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:14).. الس م و ا ت is not connected to الا ر ض The word 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:17)..ح ر ف ع ط ف This verse starts with 4) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:26). The word الا ر ض is م ج ر و ر because it is connected to skies). (the الس م و ات

42 ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:94).. ي ا ج و ج is connected to م ا ج و ج The word Chain of ي ي ه ه ه ه ل ا اف ف اف ف م م م م ض ض ض ض اا (Seq # م م م م ض ض ض ض اا 34) We can even encounter a chain of ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه.م Let us take an example phrase Praise of your Lord. For our understanding we can rephrase it as Praise of lord of your. م ضا ف This phrase is using two times of. So, it is chain of Let us attempt to construct it in the Arabic.م ضا ف ال ي ه language as below. ح م د ر ب = lord Praise of in the above construction is Muzaaf Ilaihi. For the second ر ب Muzaaf Muzaaf ilaihi, the ر ب will act as Muzaaf. So the tanveen will drop leading us to.ر ب This is because Muzaaf cannot have tanveen. Upon joining the next Muzaaf ilaihi, it becomes ك.ر ب Total construction is as below. ح م د ر ب ك = your Praise of lord of For our further clear understanding let us try to precede the above construction with a preposition.ب It will be as below. ب + ح مد ر ب ك = ب ح مد ر ب ك So total translation will be With/By the praise of your lord. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:27). This verse has a phrase which means in English as from the book of your lord. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The word ذ ك ر means remembrance. The phrase ذ ك ر ر ح م ة ر ب ك is translated as Remembrance of mercy of lord of your, which is nothing but Remembrance of mercy of your lord.

43 84 85 م ضا ف م ضا ف 3) State TRUE or FALSE: There is only one Allah). (Book of ك ت اب الله in the phrase ال ي ه Concept of Mabni (Seq # 35) In the Arabic language, nouns are declinable. It means that, they have م ج ر و ر,م ن ص و ب,م ر ف و ع cases with different forms. Some nouns are indeclinable. This means that they don t change their form (Wherever you find them, they will be same) for م ج ر و ر,م ن ص و ب,م ر ف و ع cases. Those nouns are called in Arabic as م ب ن ي. All the demonstrative pronouns and relative.م ب ن ي pronouns are Examples: Case Mabni Example ه ذ ا م ن ص و ب ه ذ ا م ج ر و ر ه ذ ا م ر ف و ع Case Mabni Example اذل ي ن م ر ف و ع اذل ي ن م ن ص و ب اذل ي ن م ج ر و ر 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:6).. م ب ن ي and م جر و ر is ه ذا, ج ا ر م جر و ر is ب ه ذ ا The phrase 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:24). The phrase م ن ه ذا is ه ذا, ج ا ر م جر و ر is م ج ر و ر and.م ب ن ي 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:54). The phrase ف ي ه ذا is not ه ذا, ج ا ر م جر و ر is م ج ر و ر and.م ب ن ي

44 86 87 Learning 14 Personal Pronouns (Seq # 36) In our early session, we learned the six personal detached pronouns. Those are as below. He ه و (masculine) They All ه م (masculine) You ا ن ت (masculine) You All ا ن ت م (masculine) ان ا I نح ن We In this session we learn 14 personal pronouns. We try to map them on right hand. Our hand has 15 cells across all the fingers. Forefinger will be taken first and following matrix will come. Thumb Fing.4 Fing.3 Fing.2 Fore Fing.1 ه و ا ن ت ا ن ا ه م ا ن ت م ن ح ن ForeFinger is representing third person masculine gender. Finger 2 is representing third person feminine gender. The finger 2 is new to us. Finger 3 and Finger 4 are for second person masculine and feminine gender respectively, while the Thumb is for the first person. Last cell of thumb is not being used. Just to remember again, first person is the person who is speaking, second person is the person who is listening to the first person (or speaker) and third person is the person who is

45 88 89 not present (absent from the discussion between first person and the second person). The dual s are filled as below which are ه م ا and.ا ن ت م ا The translations are They two (same for masculine and feminine gender) and You two (same for masculine and feminine gender). Thumb Fing.4 Fing.3 Fing.2 Fore Fing.1 ه و ا ن ت ا ن ا ه م ا ه م ا ) ا ن ت م ا ( ) ا ن ت م ا ( ن ح ن ه م ا ن ت م The third person feminine singular is ه ي and third personal feminine plural is.ه ن The second person feminine singular is Thus the table.ا ن ت ن and second person feminine plural is ا ن ت now looks like below. Thumb Fing.4 Fing.3 Fing.2 ا ن ا ا ن ت Fore Fing.1 ه و ه ي ا ن ت ه م ا ه م ا ) ا ن ت م ا ( ) ا ن ت م ا ( ن ح ن ه م ه ن ا ن ت م ا ن ت ن To understand more better the English translations of above table given below. Thumb Fing.4 Fing.3 Fing.2 Fore Fing.1 You I (fem.) You She He We You two (fem.) You two They two (fem.) They two You all You all They all They all

46 90 91 (fem.) (fem.) 5) State TRUE or FALSE: The personal pronoun ه م (they) is present in the verse Quran (16:18:104). It is to note as a tip of remembrance that, duals for third person masculine and feminine gender (underlined) are same and duals for second person masculine and feminine (ه م ا) gender (in brackets) are same.(ا ن ت م ا) Practice these personal pronouns slowly on your right hand finger cells by saying them loudly, till the perfection is achieved. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The personal pronoun ا ن ا (I) is present in the verse Quran (15:18:39). 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The personal pronoun ه ي (she) is present in the verse Quran (15:18:42). 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The personal pronoun ه و (he) is not present in the verse Quran (15:18:44). 4) State TRUE or FALSE: The personal pronoun ه م (they) is not present in the verse Quran (15:18:50). Jaar Majroor with 14 pronouns ouns (Seq # 37) Upon learning 14 pronouns in the last topic, this is the right place to learn ج ا ر م ج ر و ر with these 14 pronouns. A simple example is given below with preposition from. Thumb finger 4 finger 3 finger 2 finger 1 ا ن ا ) م ني ( ا ن ت (م ن ك ( ا ن ت (م ن ك ( هي (م نه ا ( ه و (م ن ه ) ن ح ن (م ن ا ( ا ن ت ما (م ن كم ا ( ا ن ت ما (م ن كم ا ( ه ما (م نه م ا ( ه م ا (م نه م ا) ا ن ت ن (م ن ك ن ( ا ن ت م (م ن كم ( ه ن (م نه ن ( ه م (م نه م ) م ن ه ا 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the word is from her.

47 ) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the word م ن ك is from you (feminine). م ن ه ن 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the word is from them (feminine plural). Muzaaf Muzaaf ilaihi with 14 pronouns (Seq # 38) Upon learning 14 pronouns in the last topic, this is the right place to learn م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه with these 14 pronouns. Two simple examples are given below for all the 14 pronouns. Thumb finger 4 finger 3 finger 2 finger 1 ا ان (ك ت ابي ( ا ن ت (ك ت اب ك ( ا ن ت (ك ت اب ك ( هي (ك ت ابه ا ( ه و (ك ت اب ه ) نح ن (ك ت اب ن ا ( ا ن ت م ا (ك ت اب كم ا ( ا ن ت م ا (ك ت اب كم ا ( هم ا (ك ت ابه م ا ( هم ا (ك ت ابه م ا) ا ن تن (ك ت اب ك ن ( ا ن تم (ك ت اب كم ( ه ن (ك ت ابه ن ( هم (ك ت ابه م ) Thumb finger 4 finger 3 finger 2 finger 1 ا ان ) ر بى ( ا ن ت (ر ب ك ( ا ن ت (ر ب ك ( هي (ر به ا ( ه و (ر ب ه ) نح ن (ر ب ن ا ( ا ن ت م ا (ر ب كم ا ( ا ن ت م ا (ر ب كم ا ( هم ا (ر به م ا ( هم ا (ر به م ا) ا ن تن (ر ب ك ن ( ا ن تم (ر ب كم ( ه ن (ر به ن ( هم (ر به م ) ك ت اب ه ا 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the word.م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه is her book and it is a ر ب ها 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the word.م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه is her lord and it is 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The word ق و م نا is present in the verse Quran (15:18:15). Its meaning is our people and it.م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه is Specialty of five attached pronouns of,ه ه ه ه م م م م,ه ه ه ه م م م م ا,ه ه ه ه و و و و م ا ه ه ه ه ن ن ن ن, ه ه ه ه (Vocative harmony) (Seq # 39) The five attached pronouns ه ن, ه م ا,ه م,ه م ا,ه و will go through a small change for the purpose of vocative harmony

48 94 95 (something easy to say). There is no Arabic grammar rule for this change.,ه م,ه م ا,ه و of 5 attached pronouns ه Letter also get Kathrah (,( If they are preceded by will ه ن, ه م ا (ف ي ه (Example: ي i) the Arabic letter (ف ي ك ت اب ه م (Example: ( ( Kathrah ii) an Arabic letter with ع ل يه م and we say ب ه م instead of ب ه م This is the reason we say instead of ع ل يه م etc. Introduction to Arabic Plurals (Seq # 41) Arabic plurals are categorized mainly into two categories, Regular plurals and Broken plurals. Regular plurals are further divided into Sound Masculine Plurals and Sound Feminine Plurals. Regular Plurals will have regular forms (Masculine==> words. in the end of the (ات ==> (Feminine and (ون, ي ن No corresponding word for the English word it (Seq # 40) In the Arabic language there is no corresponding word for the English word it. We should use ه و or ه ي for the English word it according to the gender of the object. We will learn about it more in future. Keep this chart in mind.

49 ي ) State TRUE or FALSE: In the Arabic language plurals are divided into two broad categories namely: Regular plurals and Broken plurals. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: In the Arabic language sound.(ي ن,و ن) masculine plurals will ends with regular forms 3) State TRUE or FALSE: In the Arabic language sound masculine plurals and sound feminine plurals are under the main category of broken plurals. Sound Masculine Plurals (Seq # 42) The sound masculine plurals are the plurals for masculine nouns like Muslimoon, kaafiroon etc. These plurals are sound because they have regular plural endings. They end with ون in and م ن ص و ب in ي ن and (و is م ر ف و ع case (sign of م ر ف و ع.(ي is م ج ر و ر and م ن ص و ب case (sign of م ج ر و ر Observe the following table and their corresponding endings. م ج ر و ر م ن ص و ب م ر ف و ع S.noSingular م س ل م ي ن م س ل م ي ن م س ل م و ن م س ل م 1 م و م ن ي ن م و م ن ي ن م و م ن و ن م و م ن 2 ك اف ر ي ن ك اف ر ي ن ك اف ر و ن ك اف ر 3 ص اب ر ي ن ص اب ر ي ن ص اب ر و ن ص اب ر 4 ع ام ل ي ن ع ام ل ي ن ع ام ل و ن ع ام ل 5 م اك ث ي ن م اك ث ن م اك ث و ن م اك ث 6 The meaning of م اك ث is one who resides. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: In the verse Quran (15:18:2) the.م ر ف و ع is not ال م و م ن ي ن word 2) State TRUE or FALSE: In the verse Quran (15:18:29) the.م ج ر و ر is ظ ل م ي ن is Jaar-Majroor and للظ ل م ي ن phrase 3) State TRUE or FALSE: In the verse Quran (15:18:49), there are two sound masculine plurals ( م ج ر م ي ن and.(م ش ف ق ي ن

50 ) State TRUE or FALSE: The verse Quran (15:18:50) has a ). ظ ل م ي ن ( plural Jaar-Majroor with sound masculine 5) State TRUE or FALSE: The verse Quran (15:18:53) does not have any sound masculine plural. Sound Feminine Plurals (Seq # 43) Now, let us learn Sound feminine plurals. Sound feminine plurals are the plurals for feminine gender singular nouns. They always end with م ر ف و ع.ات case will have two Dammah (two paish), and م ج ر و ر,م ن ص و ب cases will have two kasrah (two Zair) (Extreme Specialty). See below examples carefully. S.no Singular م ر ف و ع ع ع و ب م ن ص و ر ر م ج ر م س ل م ات م س ل م ات م س ل م ات م س ل م ة 1 م ش ر ك ات م ش ر ك ات م ش ر ك ات م شر ك ة 2 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The plurals for the word ك ل م ة (a ك ل م ات and (م ن ص و ب ( ك ل ما ت,(م ر ف و ع ( ك ل م ات word) is.(م ج ر و ر ( 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The plural م ج ر و ر case of the word ا ي ت (a sign, a verse) is present in the verse Quran (16:18:105). 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The plural م ج ر و ر case of the word ك ل م ة is present in the verse Quran (16:18:109). Broken Plurals (Seq # 44) Any plural that does not fall under sound category are broken plurals. It means that they will not have ي ن, و ن pattern of Sound Masculine plurals and ا ت pattern of sound feminine plurals. And these plurals may be triptote or diptote. Listed below are some examples of broken plurals in the format (singular, plural, meaning) organized as 5 words per day to have easy practice/memorization.

51 Day # 1 messengers),,ر س ل,ر س و ل ( hearts),,ق ل و ب,ق ل ب ( days),,ا ي ام,ي و م ( chests).,ص د و ر,ص د ر ( books),,ك ت ب,ك ت اب ( Day # 2 faces),,و ج و ه,و ج ه ( houses),,ب ي و ت,ب ي ت ( men),,ر ج ال,ر ج ل ( winds).,ر ي اح,ر ي ح ( grapes),,ا ع ن اب,ع ن ب ( Day # 3,ع ب اد,ع ب د ( deeds),,ا ع م ال,ع م ل ( mountains),,ج ب ال,ج ب ل ( servants), ( ت,ا ي ة,ا ي signs/verses), ( /ا ن ف س,ن ف س,ن ف و س souls). Day # 4 ك ة,م ل ك ( eyes),,ا ع ي ن,ع ي ن ( ي ل,angels). م 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The broken plural word of the singular word heart is present in the verse Quran.م ضا ف (15:18:14) and it is 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The word ك ف ر ي ن in the verse Quran (16:18:100) is not a broken Plural. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The broken plural word of the singular word messenger is present in the verse Quran.م ض ا ف (16:18:106) and it is All the broken plurals are treated as feminine singular (Seq # 45) In the Arabic language broken plurals are treated as feminine singular. They are considered as feminine singular when referred by demonstrative pronouns, personal pronouns, relative pronouns and/or by verbs. In the below table, demonstrative pronoun ت ل ك (that feminine singular) is used for referring nouns which are broken plurals. Knowledge of broken plurals will come by time. The reader should keep on observing them.

52 ع Treatment Broken as feminine Phrase example plural singular ت ل ك الر س ل Those messengers ر س ل ت ل ك الا مث ا ل Those examples ا م ث ا ل ت ل ك ال ق ر ى Those towns ق ر ى Duals (Seq # 46) م ر ف و pattern. In the Arabic language, Duals also have special case has ا ن (aani) as ending. م ن ص و ب and م جر و ر have table. (aiyni) as ending. See below ي ن م ر ف و ع S.no Singular م ج ر و ر م ن ص و ب 1 م س ل م م س ل م ي ن م س ل م ي ن م س ل ما ن 2 ر ج ل ر ج لا ن ر ج ل ي ن ر ج ل ي ن 3 ي ت ي م ي ت ي ما ن ي ت ي م ي ن ي ت ي م ي ن ح ز ب 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The dual form of the word (a party) is present in the verse Quran (15:18:12) and it is.م ر ف وع not 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The two dual forms are present in ر ج ل the verse Quran (15:18:32) and they are of the words (a man) and ج ن ة (a garden). 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The dual form of the word an orphan is present in the verse Quran (16:18:82). Adjectives (Seq # 47) Adjective is a noun that qualify another noun. As an example, in the phrase tall man, the noun tall is an adjective that is qualifying another noun man. In the English language the adjectives comes before the noun being qualified. But in the Arabic language the adjectives comes after the noun being

53 ص ف ة or ن ع ت qualified. The adjective in Arabic is termed as (property/quality). The noun being qualified is termed as ن ع ت. ن عت من ع و ت. The combination is called as م ن ع و ت should match م ن ع و ت in the following. 1) Case.م ر ف و ع should also be ن ع ت then م ر ف و ع is م ن ع و ت If the If the م ن ع و ت is م ن ص و ب then ن ع ت should also be.م ن ص و ب.م ج ر و ر should also be ن ع ت then م ج ر و ر is م ن ع و ت If the Example of م ر ف و ع case: ع ذ اب ع ظ ي م (Severe torment) 2) Definite/Indefinite If the م ن ع و ت is definite then ن ع ت should also be definite. Example: ال ص راط ال م ست ق ي م (the straight path) 3) Gender If the م ن ع و ت is feminine then ن ع ت should also be feminine. Example: ا خ ت ص غ ي ر ة (small sister) 4) Number If the م ن ع و ت is dual then ن ع ت should also be dual. If the plural. should also be ن ع ت is plural then م ن ع و ت Example: غ لا م ين ي ت ي م ي ن (two orphan boys) 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:2). ا ج ر ا a) severe punishment) and ب ا سا شد ي د ا The phrases. ن عت من ع و ت a) good reward) are ح س نا 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:8).. ن عت م ن ع و ت a) barren soil) is ص ع يد ا ج ر ز ا The phrase 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:74).. ن عت من ع و ت (an evil thing) is not a ش ي ا ن ك ر ا The phrase No Arabic word for is (Seq # 48) In the Arabic language there is no equal word for the English word is.

54 ه و Example: He is a student. It is translated in Arabic as.ط ال ب 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the sentence. ه و م ح م د He is Mohammed is 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the sentence. ه ي ف اط م ة She is Fatimah is 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the sentence This is a great success is ذ ا ف و ز ع ظ ي م.ه The two words.ن ع ت م ن ع و ت underlined are Introduction to Nominal sentence (Seq # 49) Nominal sentence ( ال ج م ل ة ال ا س م ي ة ) is a sentence that starts with a noun. The basic structure of a nominal sentence is as below. (ال خ ب ر ( predicate + (ا ل م ب ت د ا ( Subject Nominal sentence = Subject is a noun about which sentence is talking about. Predicate is a part of the sentence that tells us about the subject. Predicate provides some news or information about the subject. We should try to find out subject and predicate whenever we encounter a nominal sentence. Examples He is Mohammed.. ه و م ح م د Here ه و is the subject, because the sentence is starting with it and the sentence is talking about it. م ح م د is the predicate,.ه و because it is giving the information about the subject و ه ( doctor 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The sentence He is a is a nominal sentence because it starts with a (ط ب ي ب noun (remember pronoun is under the category of noun in the Arabic language).

55 ) State TRUE or FALSE: The word ف ع ل means he did. ف ع ل م ح م د This word is a verb. The sentence (Mohammed did it) is not a nominal sentence because it.ف ع ل starts with a verb 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the sentence This is a great success is ه ذ ا ف و ز ع ظ ي م. In this sentence subject. is the هذ ا Subject ( (ا ل م ب ت د ا ) is always ف و ع ع ع م ر ر (Seq # 50) In the nominal sentence the subject is always.م ر ف و ع The subject is always noun. Examples ال ج م ل ة ال ا س م ي ة Subject English Translation ا ن ا ب ش ر (human) I am a man انا (م ر ف و ع ( ه ذا ك ت ا ب This is a book ه ذا (م ر ف و ع ( ا ل ك ل ب ع لى ال ج د ا ر The dog is on the wall ا ل كل ب (م ر ف و ع ( الس ف ي ن ة في ال ب ح ر The ship is in the sea الس ف ي ن ة (م ر ف و ع ( الص خر ة الص خر ة ك ب ير ة The rock is big (م ر ف و ع ( ا ن ا ( sick 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The sentence I am and it is ا ن ا is a nominal sentence. The subject is (م ر ي ض.م ر ف و ع ه ذ ه ( ship 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The sentence This is a and it is ه ذ ه ) is a nominal sentence. The subject is س ف ين ة.م ر ف و ع ه ي ( zainab 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The sentence She is and it is ه ي ) is a nominal sentence. The subject is ز ي ن ب. م ر ف و ع

56 Difference between a Sentence ( ج م ل ة ة (ج م ل ) and a phrase ( ب ه ه ش (ج م ل ج م ل ة ة (Seq # 51) A sentence is a group of words that provides a complete meaning and sense. Example: ن ا ب ش ر م ث ل ك م.ا I) am a human like you) The above group of words provides a complete meaning. A phrase is a group of words that does not provide us a complete meaning or sense. Phrase is incomplete in meaning. Example: ع لى ال ج د ا ر (on the wall) The above group of words lack the meaning. Like a simple question to this phrase can be What is there on the wall?. Thus it needs an answer to make it meaningful. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: في ال ب ح ر (In the sea) is a complete sentence. (2 State TRUE or FALSE: ك ت اب م ح م د ع لى ال ج د ا ر (Book of Hamid is on the wall) is a complete sentence. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: ذ ل ك م ن اي ت الله (That is from the signs of Allah) is a complete sentence. 5 types of Predicate ( (خ ب ر ر ر ر (Seq # 52) Predicate ( (خ ب ر in nominal sentence is of 5 types as below. This is very important to understand. One word Prepositional Phrase (a phrase that includes a preposition) Adverb from Adverbial Phrase (a phrase that includes an adverb) A complete nominal sentence A complete verbal sentence

57 We will discuss these predicates in the next topics. One word predicate (Seq # 53) Consider the following English question sentences and single word associated answers. What is Mohammed? Answer: Doctor What is this? Answer: House What is that? Answer: Wall The answer or information or predicate in the above statements is just a single word. Thus a nominal sentence can have single word predicate. Single word predicate is always م ر ف و ع and should match the subject in gender (masculine/feminine) and number (singular/dual/plural). Examples I am a human being. ا ن ا ب ش ر Sentence Analysis ا ن ا = ال م بت د ا ب ش ر = ال خ ب ر Other similar examples are below in the table. The underlined words are predicates. Mohammed. He is ه و م ح م د house. This is a ه ذا ب ي ت This is an eye. (Eye is feminine) ه ذ ه ع ي ن sick. I am ا نا م ري ض doctor. I am a ا نا ط بي ب ه ذ ا ك ه ف cave. This is a ه ذ ا ج د ا ر wall. This is a

58 ذ ل ك ك ه ف cave. That is a ذ ل ك ج د ا ر wall. That is a ذ ل ك ك ت ا ب book. That is a الل ه ا ك ب ر great. Allah is Reader is strongly recommended to write simple nominal sentences with single word predicate for extra practice. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the sentence The wall is tall is الج د ار ط و ي ل. The word ط و ي ل (tall) is the one word predicate ( خ ب ر ) in this sentence. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the sentence ص غ ي ر ة The word.ال س ف ين ة ص غ ي ر ة The ship is small is (small) is the one word predicate ( خ ب ر ) in this sentence. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the sentence ظ ا ل م The word.ه و ظا ل م He is an oppressor is (oppressor) is the one word predicate ( خ ب ر ) in this sentence. 4) State TRUE or FALSE: ذل ك كت ا ب (That is a book) does not have single word predicate. 5) State TRUE or FALSE: ه ي ز ي ن ب (She is Zainab) does not have single word predicate. اف م ض اف ا ل ي ه ه م ض comes in the position of subject or predicate (Seq # 54) When م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه comes in the position of subject or predicate in the nominal sentence, then only م ض اف will act as the subject or predicate. م ضا ف ال ي ه is just some additional information to the sentence. See the example below, the word.م ضا ف book is subject and it is Example: ك ت اب حا مد ع لى ال ج د ا ر (Book of hamid is on the wall)

59 As an another example below, the word daughter is predicate and it is ضا ف.م Note that ز ي ن ب is م ج ر و ر here and is diptote. Example: ا ن ا بن ت ز ي ن ب I) am daughter of Zainab) In the below example ر ب is predicate. Example: الل ه ر ب ن ا (Allah is our lord) In the below example ر ب is subject. Example: Allah). (Our lord is ر ب ن ا الل ه (1 State TRUE or FALSE: ب اب ال م س جد كب ي ر (Door of the masjid is big) is a nominal sentence and ب ا ب is the subject.(ال م ب ت د ا ( 2) State TRUE or FALSE: ا سم الط ال ب ح ام د (Name of the student is Hamid) is a nominal sentence and ا س م is the.(ال مب ت د ا ( subject (3 State TRUE or FALSE: ال ك ع ب ة ب ي ت الله (The kaabah is house of allah) is a nominal sentence and ب ي ت is predicate.( خ ب ر ( Prepositional phrase as a predicate ( (خ ب خ ب ر ر (second type) (Seq # 55) Consider the following English question sentence and the associated answer. Where is book of haamid? Answer: on the wall The answer or information or predicate in the above question is a prepositional phrase. Thus a nominal sentence can have prepositional phrase as predicate. Below is an example. wall) (Book of hamid is on the ك ت اب ح ام د ع ل ى ال ج د ار Sentence analysis with description in the Arabic language is as below.

60 ك ت اب على الج د ا ر = ج ا ر م = ال م ب ت د ا و ح ضا ف هو م ا م د = م ض اف ا ل ي ه خ ب ر ة مل به ج جر ور ش So, the whole prepositional phrase is the predicate in this case. This prepositional phrase is providing us the information or ال ح م د khabar about the book of Haamid. Another example is (The praise is for Allah) where the khabar is a ل ل ه prepositional phrase. ال س ف ين ة في ال ب ح ر (1 State TRUE or FALSE: In the sentence (The ship is in the sea), في ال ب ح ر is the prepositional phrase.(ج ار م ج ر و ر ش ب ه ج م ل ة خ ب ر ( predicate م ح م د في ال كه ف (2 State TRUE or FALSE: In the sentence (Mohammed is in the cave), في ال ك ه ف is the prepositional.( ج ار م ج ر و ر ش ب ه ج م ل ة خ ب ر ( predicate phrase ك ت ا ب ي ع لى ال ج د ا ر (3 State TRUE or FALSE: In the sentence (My book is on the wall) has prepositional phrase predicate. Adverbial phrase as a predicate ( ر ر ر ر (خ ب ) (third type) (Seq # 56) The third type of predicate is adverbial phrase. Consider the below example. cave) (My house is behind the ب ي ت ي خ ل ف ال ك ه ف Sentence analysis with description in the Arabic language is as below. ي ب ت = ال م ب ت د ا و ه و م ض اف ي= م ض اف ال ي ه خ ل ف = ظ ر ف ش ب ه ج م ل ة خ ب ر ال كه ف = م ض اف ا ل ي ه

61 Note that in the adverbial phrase we only consider the adverb م ض ا ف is considered as ال كه ف as the predicate. The last word but not as the part of predicate. Two other examples are,ا ل ي ه given below for more understanding. prayer) (The remembrance after the ا لا ذ ك ار ب ع د الص لا ة table) (The purse is under the ال ح ق ي ب ة ت ح ت ال م ك ت ب 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the sentence.ال كن ز ت ح ت ال ج د ا ر The treasure is under the wall is The word ت ح ت is a adverbial phrase predicate. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the sentence The fish is under the ship is ال ح و ت ت ح ت ال سف ين ة. The word ت ح ت is a adverbial phrase predicate. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The sentence The king is in the ship ( م لك في ال سف ين ة (ال has an adverbial phrase predicate. Khabar can come before in nominal sentence (Seq # 57) In a nominal sentence the predicate ( خ ب ر (ال can come in advance. See below م ل ك ال ر ض و الا س ما وا ت = Jaar Majroor shibhu jumlah khabar muqaddim (predicate in advance) = mubtada marfoun and it is muzaaf م ل ك = Muzaaf iliahi الس ما وا ت ح ر ف ع ط ف = و الس ما وا ت = Majroor is connected to الا ر ض Translation: For Allah, is the kingdom of heavens and earth. Another example ل ه م ا ج ر ح س ن Translation: For them there is good reward.

62 One important note is that, Prepositional Phrase or adverbial phrase cannot be Mubtada in the nominal sentence. Nominal sentence as Predicate (fourth type) (Seq # 58) In a nominal sentence, a complete another nominal sentence can come as predicate. To identify this predicate we have to observe the whole sentence. Let us take a simple example first then try to convert it such that another nominal sentence will come as predicate. Bilal s son is a student. Its translation is ب لال ط ال ب.و ل د Now let us rephrase this English statement as Bilal, his son is a student. This statement can be written as below with grammatic analysis. ب لا ل و ل د ه طا ل ب The above sentence starts with a noun, hence it is a nominal sentence. = mubtada marfoun for top level nominal sentence ب لا ل = low level nominal sentence coming as Khabar for و ل د ه طال ب ب لا ل top level nominal sentence = Mubtada for low level nominal sentence and it is Muzaaf و ل د = It is Muzaaf ilaihi ه = Single word Khabar for low level nominal sentence ط ا ل ب So the whole underlined sentence became a predicate for top level mubtada Bilal. Another example is given below. ف اط م ة ل ه ا ط ف ل ص غ ي ر = Mubtada marfoun for top level nominal sentence ف ا ط م ة = low level nominal sentence coming as ل ه ا ط ف ل ص غ ي ر Khabar for top level nominal sentence Fatima = Jaar majroor Shibhu jumlah khabar Muqaddim ل ها = Mubtada marfoun for low level nominal sentence ط ف ل ط ف ل = Adjective for ص غ ي ر

63 Translation is Fatimah, she has a small child or simply Fatimah has a small child. This knowledge will get firm as time passes and it is not a worrying issue. م لك و ل د ه في ال س ف ين ة (1 State TRUE or FALSE: The sentence (King s son is in the ship) has a nominal sentence as a predicate for م ل ك as the top level subject. و ل د ال م ل ك في الس ف ي ن ة (2 State TRUE or FALSE: The sentence (Son of the king is in the ship) does not have any another nominal sentence as predicate. But its predicate is a ). في الس ف ي ن ة ( predicate prepositional phrase ب ن ت ف ا ط مة طو ي ل ة (3 State TRUE or FALSE: The sentence (Daughter of Fatimah is tall) has another nominal sentence as predicate. Verbal sentence as Predicate (fifth type) (Seq # 59) In a nominal sentence, a complete verbal sentence can come as predicate. We did not learn about verbs yet, so we will go into details in upcoming topics in future. This topic has been included here for the purpose of completing the types of predicate. A simple example of this case is as below to understand the sentence structure. Example: Mohammed did. ( ح م د ف ع ل.(م Here Mohammed is subject ( ف ع ل.(ال م ب ت د ا is a complete verbal sentence coming as a predicate. Difference between "This book" and "This is a book" (Seq # 60) Let us understand it as below. If somebody says in English this then it does not convey you a complete message. The front person will ask you, what do you mean? The term this can be anything. It can be computer, table, house etc. If somebody says again in English for example this book, then also it is not providing us the complete explanation about the book except that the term book has just substituted the term this. Hence the phrase this book is also not a

64 complete sentence. It is not giving any complete idea or information about the object book. Upon understanding it in English let us come to Arabic. The term this is ه ذا in the Arabic language. ه ذا is م رف و ع and definite by default. Book is substituting ه ذا. So book should also have same characteristics of ه ذا. So this book translates in the Arabic as ذا ال ك ت ا ب ه.م ب د ل م ن ه is termed as ه ذ ا and ب د ل is termed as ال ك ت اب Here Badal should match all the characteristics of Mubdal Minu. Now let us understand This is a book. This statement is a complete sentence. Its translation is as below. ذا ك ت ا ب ه In the above statement ه ذا is the subject and ك ت اب is the single word predicate. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:6). construction. is a Badal- Mubdal Minhu ه ذا ال حد ي ث 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:54). construction. is Badal-Mubdal Minhu ه ذا ال ق را ن 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The phrase ذ ل ك ال كت ا ب (That book) is not a Badal-Mubdal Minhu construction. Simple grammatical analysis of arabic statements (Seq # 60A) Let us try to do some grammatical analysis with the below vocabulary. (wall), ج د ار (on), ع لى (Haamid), ح ام د (book), ك ت اب (this), ه ذ ا (under). ت ح ت Let us demonstrate the book by using a demonstrative pronoun. ه ذ ا ك ت ا ب statement: Arabic English translation: This is a book.

65 Grammatical Analysis: Haaza = mubtada marfoun kitaabun = khabarun marfoun (khabar type 1) Let us make haamid as book owner using the concept of.م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه ه ذا ك ت ا ب ح ام د statement: Arabic English translation: This is the book of Haamid. Grammatical Analysis: Haaza = mubtada marfoun Kitaabu = khabarun marfoun wa huwa muzaaf (khabar type 1) Haamidin = Muzaaf ilaihi majroor Let us keep the book of haamid on the wall. We use the concept of Jaar Majroor as khabar. ك ت اب ح ام د ع لى ال ج د ا ر statement: Arabic English translation: Book of haamid is on the wall. Grammatical Analysis: Kitaabu = mubtada marfoun wa huwa muzaaf Haamidin = Muzaaf ilaihi majroor `Ala = Harfu Jarrin `Ala Aljidaari = Jaar Majroor shibhu jumlah khabar (khabar type 2) Let us now, try to know what is the size of book of haamid by using a single word khabar. ك ت اب ح ام د ص غ ي ر statement: Arabic English translation: Book of haamid is small. Grammatical Analysis: Kitaabu = mubtada marfoun wa huwa muzaaf

66 Haamidin = Muzaaf ilaihi majroor Sagheerun = khabarun marfoun (khabar type 1) Let us keep haamid book under the wall by using adverbial phrase as khabar. ك ت اب ح ام د ت ح ت ال ج د ا ر statement: Arabic English translation: Book of haamid is under the waal. Grammatical Analysis: Kitaabu = mubtada marfoun wa huwa muzaaf Haamidin = Muzaaf ilaihi majroor Tahta = zarf shibhu jumlah khabar (khabar type 3) Aljidaari = Muzaaf ilaihi majroor Vocative particle ي ا (Seq # 61) Let us learn Vocative particle.يا Its meaning in the English language is Oh. Example "Oh Mohammed", "Oh Abdullah" etc. The rules for vocative particle are below. 1) If this particle is preceded with triptote person name noun like ح م د,م then it will drop tanveen and leave only one pesh (or dammah). ح م د ي ا م Translation: Oh Mohammad. 2) When it is preceded with a noun with ال, that is definite noun then ا ي ها should be inserted before. الن ا س ي ا ي ها Translation: Oh mankind

67 ع (3 If this particle is preceded with م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه then it will make Muzaaf as و ب.م ن ص See below when preceded before Abdallah" (worshipper of allah), it became "Ya, ع ب د الله ع بد الله ي ا ع ب د الله Let us take another Muzaaf Muzaaf ilaihi ر ب ن ا (our lord) as an ي ا example. In order to say Oh, our lord, the vocative particle will precede. Thus the phrase will become as ر ب ن ا.اي It makes the Muzaaf ر ف و ( ر ب (م as و ب ( ر ب.(م ن ص Sometimes it is seen. ر ب ن ا that the vocative particle gets dropped leaving simply as Under such a case, as the Muzaaf became م ن ص و ب it has to be. ر ب ن ا is hidden before يا understood that Let us take another example, ر ب ي (my lord). ر ب ي = ر ب + ي Adding the vocative particle اي as below. اي + ر ب + ي.(م ن ص و ب ( ر ب will become (م ر ف و ع ( ر ب,اي Because of اي + ر ب + ي Ya Mutakallim (ي) forces ر ب to become ر ب by putting kasrah below. and the equation will become as ( ( ر ب + ي + Now two things ( ر ب اي.ر ب will drop as below leaving only (ي and يا Hence ر ب ي means my lord and without ي which is ر ب means Oh, my lord. Refer to Quran verses: Quran (16:19:4), Quran.ر ب (16:20:25) and Quran (16:20:125) for

68 ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:10). The vocative particle ي ا exists before the word ر ب نا and it translates as Oh, our lord. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:14). ر ب ن ا does not exist before the word ي ا The vocative particle and it translates as Our lord. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:109). ر ب ي does not exist before the word ي ا The vocative particle and it translates as my lord. 4) State TRUE or FALSE: The vocative particle ي ا when م ضا ف then it will make م ضا ف م ضا ف ال ي ه comes before.م ن ص و ب as 5) State TRUE or FALSE: When the vocative particle يا is preceded with a noun with ال, that is definite noun then before. should be inserted ا ي ها Interrogative particle ( ه ه ه ه ل ل ل ل and (ا (Seq # 62) Interrogative particles are used to raise a question. Examples are given in the below table. Arabic Translation ه ل ان ت في ال كه ف ه ل ان ت في ال س ف ين ة English Questions Are you in the cave? Are you in the ship?? yousuf Are you ا ا ن ت ي و س ف 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:103). Interrogative particle ه ل exists in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the sentence ه ل ا ن ت ع لى ال ج د ار Are you on the wall? is

69 ) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the sentence Is.ه ل ه ذا ل ك this for you? is Adding Emphasis to the sentence by (Seq # ل 63) Consider the below sentence. ب ن ت ز ي ن ب في ال ة ين سف The meaning of the above statement is Daughter of Zainab is in the ship. Grammatical Analysis is as below. Muzaaf. = Mubtada marfoun and it is ب ن ت (diptote) = Muzaaf ilaihi majroor ز ي ن ب 2) = Prepositional phrase predicate (khabar type ف ي ال سف ين ة Now let us add an emphasis to it by adding beginning Laam. It will be as below. ل ب ن ت ز ي ن ب ف ي الس ف ي ن ة The meaning of the above statement is now Indeed Indeed, daughter.لام الا ب ت دا ء is called as ل of Zainab is in the ship. Such Meaning is beginning Laam and it is used to emphasize the statement. More examples in Quran are Quran (30:93:4) and Quran (30:93:5). 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:8)..ل This verse has emphasis 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:109)..ل This verse has emphasis 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the statement Indeed Indeed,. ل ا ن ت ي و س ف you are yousuf is ن ا ن, the particle of emphasis and Nasbin (Seq # 64) Consider the following sentence.

70 ماء اب ر د ا ل Its meaning is The water is cold. The grammatical analysis of the above statement is as below. بت م ال ال دا ء = ال ما ء = اب ر د ر ب خ Let us now emphasize it by ( ا ن (ح ر ف ت و ك يد و ن ص ب. It is as explained below. ال ما ء ا ن اب ر د ح ر ف ت و ك يد و ن ص ب اس م ا ن (م ن ص و ب ( خ ب ر ا ن Now its meaning is Indeed Indeed, the water is cold. ن ( Nasbin The particle of emphasis and brings the following (ا changes in the sentence. a) The terminology of Mubtada will change to Noun of اس م ا ن Inna which is b) The terminology of Khabar will change to Predicate of خ ب ر ا ن Inna which is.م ن ص و ب ) as اس م ا ن ( Inna c) It will make the Noun of اس ا ن, it is our duty to determine ا ن Wherever we encounter م.م ن ص و ب and it should be 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The particle of emphasis and Nasbin ا ن is not present in the verse Quran (15:18:30).(م ن ص و ب ( ال ذ ي ن is اس م ا ن and 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The particle of emphasis and Nasbin ا ن is present in the verse Quran (16:18:94) and.(م ن ص و ب ( ي ا ج و ج is اس م ا ن 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The particle of emphasis and Nasbin ا ن is present in the verse Quran (16:18:107) and.(م ن ص و ب ( ال ذ ي ن is اس م ا ن

71 ا ا ن ن when joins with 14 pronouns (Seq # 65) Consider the below statement and let us emphasize the below.ا ن statement with ح م د ه و م In this case ا ن will join ه و as below. ه ان ه م ح م د ان ا ن + ه و = It s translation is now Indeed Indeed, he is mohammed. Here the اس ا ن is ا ن ه in ه attached pronoun Below.م ن ص و ب and it is م.ا ن table provides us the complete 14 combinations of Thumb finger 4 finger 3 finger 2 finger 1 ا ان (ا نه ا ( ا ن ت (ا ن ك ( ا ن ت (ا ن ك ( (ا ن ن ي /ا ني ( ه (ا ن ه ) هي و نح ن هم ا (ا نه م ا) هم ا (ا نه م ا ( ا ن ت م ا (ا ن كم ا ( ا ن ت م ا (ا ن كم ا ( (ان ن ا/ا ان ( (ا ن كم ( ا ن تن (ا ن ك ن ( هم (ا نه م ) ه ن (ا نه ن ( ا ن تم 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verses Quran (15:18:7) and Quran (15:18:8). The word ان ا (Indeed, we) is present in these two verses and attached pronoun ن ا is اس م ا ن and.م ن ص و ب it is 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:20). The word ا ن ه م (Indeed, they all) is present in this verse and attached pronoun ه م (they) is اس م ا ن and it is.م ن ص و ب 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:75). The word ا ن ك (Indeed, you) is present in this verse and.م ن ص و ب and it is اس م ا ن (you) is ك attached pronoun Ladder slider game of ن ا ن and (Seq # ل 66)

72 ف Consider the following statement. ماء ب ار د ا ل Its meaning is The water is cold. Let us emphasize it first with لام ال اب تدا ء. So, it will be like below. ماء اب ر د ل ل Its meaning is Indeed, The water is cold. ن Now for the above statement, let us re-emphasize it with. ا ا ن Two emphasize particles cannot co-exist. So the coming makes the ل to slide farther in the statement and it becomes as below. ن ال م اء ل بار د. ا ال ما ء. And اب ر د and joined ال ماء left ل statement, In the above.ل and ا ن. Thus this is Ladder slider game of م ن ص و ب became Thus double emphasis exists in the above statement with the.ل and ا ن existence of ا ن الا ن س ان ل ي 1) State TRUE or FALSE: In the statement exist. ل and ا ن (Indeed/Verily, man is in loss) both خ س ر 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:8)..ل and ا ن Double emphasis exists in this verse with both 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:58)..ل Only single emphasis exists in this verse with Triple emphasis (Seq # 67) ن and ل A statement already having, can have detached ا personal pronouns for emphasizing it for the third time. Consider an example below..ا ن ك ل ا ن ت ي و س ف is the ا ن ت emphasis. is the second ل emphasis. is the first ا ن third emphasis. The English translation is Indeed Indeed, you are yousuf.

73 Sisters of ن ان (Seq # 68) ن ن has the following sisters. These sisters behave same as ا ا and make their subject as و ب.م ن ص The terminology will also change accordingly, for example if ا ن comes then it will term.خ ب ر ا ن and predicate as ا سم ا ن subject as Example The cave is far. Meanings Sisters of Inna ا ن That it looks اك ن as if ل ي ت Wish hope or ل ع ل fear ل ك ن But لا ن Because.الك ه ف ب ع ي د. اك ن Now let us use ك ا ن ال ك ه ف ب ع ي د. The translation of the above statement is It looks as if, the.خ ب ر ك ا ن is ب ع يد and ا سم ك ا ن is ال ك ه ف far. cave is Another Example For them there is good reward. ل ه م ا ج ر ح س ن.ا ن Now let us use ا ن ل ه م ا ج ر ح س ن The translation of the above statement is that, for them there خ ب ر ا ن م ق د م is ل ه م and ا س م ا ن is ا ج ر reward. is a good (Khabaru anna in advance).

74 Grammatical atical analysis (GA) of few Quran verses (Seq # 68A) This section deals with some GA of few Quran verses as below. Quran (23:37:4) Inna=hurfu taukeedin wa nasbin Ilaha=lsmu inna م ن ص و ب and it is muzaaf Kum=muzaaf ilaihi La=laamu taukeedin Wahidun=khabaru inna marfoun Approximate translation: Indeed/Verily your Ilaah (God) is one. Quran (27:56:77) Inna=hurfu taukeedin wa nasbin م ن ص و ب Hu = Ismu Inna La=laamu taukeedin Quraanun = Khabaru Inna Marfoun Kareemun = Na`at for Quraanun Approximate translation: Indeed it is noble/honorable Quraan. Quran (29:68:4) Wa = harfu atfin Inna=hurfu taukeedin wa nasbin م ن ص و ب Ka = Ismu Inna La = laamu taukeedin A`la = Harfu Jarrin Khuloqin = Ism majroor A`la Khuloqin = Jaar Majroor shibhu jumlah khabar Inna A`zeem = Na`at for Khuloqin

75 Approximate Translation: And verily, you (O Muhammad [sal-allâhu 'alayhi wa sallam]) are on an exalted (standard of) character. Reader is highly recommended to do grammatic analysis of Quran (27:52:7), Quran (27:54:47), Quran (27:54:54), Quran (30:82:13), Quran (30:82:14) and Quran (30:86:13). Usage of ا م م and ا و و (Seq # 69) The meaning of the words ا م and ا و is same and it is or. The ا و is used in the interrogative sentences while the word ا م word is used in the non-interrogative sentences. Examples (? haamid (Are you mohammed or ا م ح مد ا ن ت ا م حا مد (Are you in the cave or in the ا في ال ك ه ف ا ن ت ا م في الس ف ين ة ship?) out). (Mohammed or Hamid went خ ر ج م ح م د ا و ح ام د One note is that ا should precede the first thing in comparison and ا م should precede the second thing in comparison. So it is wrong to say ا ا ن ت ف ي ال ك ه ف ا م ف ي الس ف ي ن ة To understand clearly, it is wrong to write ا ن ت immediately after ا ن ت.ا should.ال ك ه ف come after 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:20). The word ا و is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:41). The word ا و is present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The correct translation of the English statement Is dog present in the ship or on the ا ف ي الس ف ين ة ك ل ب ا م ع لى ال ج د ار wall? is Few more categories of Diptotes (Seq # 70)

76 In this section we will discuss four more categories of diptote nouns..(ة) marboutah 1) Masculine proper nouns with ending ta.ا س ام ة,ح م ز ة Example:, ر م ض ا ن Example:.ان 2) Masculine proper nouns with ending. ع ث م ا ن 3) Adjectives on the pattern.ا ف ع ل Example: ا ص غ ر (smaller), (bigger). ا ك ب ر.م ف اع ي ل and م ف اع ل 4) Broken plurals on the pattern Example: م س اج د (mosques) ف ن اج ي ن (cups). 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:7). means best/better. This diptote noun is present in ا ح س ن this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:24). noun. means nearer in English and it is a diptote ا ق ر ب.لا ق ر ب This verse has the Jaar-Majroor construction 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:34). means more than in English and it is a diptote ا ك ث ر noun. This verse has this diptote noun. Which ( (ا ا ي ي (Seq # 71) The word ا ي is always اف.م ض The noun following it will be ل ي ه.م ض اف ا Example: Which companion entered the cave? ا ي ص اح ب د خ ل ال ك ه ف.(م ج ر و ر ( ا ي and (م ن ص و ب ( ا ي,(م ر ف و ع ( ا ي declines as ا ي The Attached pronouns can also present with ا ي as shown in the below example. Example: Which of them are best in deeds? ا ي ه م ا ح س ن ع م ل

77 ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:12). case of this م ج ر و ر means party/group. Dual in ح ز ب noun is م ض اف م ض اف ال ي ه.ح ز ب ي ن construction exists in this verse which means Which of the two groups. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:19). The word ا ي is present with ها as attached pronoun. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The word ا ي does not decline. Comparative and superlative degrees (Seq # 72) The comparative degree is used to compare two things. For the ا ف ع ل comparative degree we use the noun on the pattern followed by.م ن These nouns are adjectives and are diptotes. Example: The ship is smaller than the cave. الس ف ين ة ا ص غ ر من ال ك ه ف Mohammed is better than Haamid. ح م مد ا ح س ن م ن حام د The superlative degree is used to represent the concepts like best student, worst result, best doctor etc. For the superlative ا ف ع ل degree as well, we use the same noun on the pattern followed by a noun in م جر و ر case. Example: Ibrahim is the best student in the school. ب ر اه ي م ا ح س ن ط ال ب في الم د ر س ة ا Interrogative particle م ا (Seq # 73) The particle م ا has many uses depending on the context. One of uses of م ا is to ask a question. It s literal translated word in the English language is What. Example is shown below What is your name? م ا ا س م ك

78 What is this? م ا ه ذا When preposition is preceded with,م ا then ending alif (ا) gets drop as below?) what (with ب + م ا = ب م?) why (for what, ل + م ا = ل م?) what (from م ن + م ا = م م?) what (about ع ن + م ا = ع م Answering the question with ب لى لى and ن ع م م (Seq # 74) In order to answer a question ب لى and ن ع م are used. If the question is positive then ن ع م means yes and ب لى means no ب لى means no and ن ع م and if the question is negative then means yes. Literally ب لى means why not. Let us understand this by example. Example Asking the positive question to Mohammed. Are you mohammed? ه ل ا ن ت م ح م د His answer can be. ن ع م ا ن ا م ح م د Asking the negative question to Mohammed. Are you not mohammed? His answer can be. ب لى ا ن ا م ح م د Duals of demonstrative pronouns ذا ذ ه ه,ه ه ه ه ذ ل ك ك,ه ه ه ه ل ذ ذ ذ ذ and ت ل ك ك (Seq # 75) ت ل ك and ذ ل ك,ه ذ ه,ه ذا The duals of demonstrative pronouns

79 are following. It is to note that ذ ل ك,ه ذ ه,ه ذا and ت ل ك are declinable. but their duals are م ب ن ي Examples Dual of Dual of Dual of Dual of ت ل ك ذ ل ك ه ذ ه ه ذا Case ت ان ك ذ ان ك ه ات ان ه ذان م ر ف وع ت ي ن ك ذ ي ن ك ه ات ي ن ه ذ ي ن م ن ص و ب ت ي ن ك ذ ي ن ك ه ات ي ن ه ذ ي ن م ج ر و ر These two are caves. ه ذان ك ه ف ا ن Those two are gardens. ت ان ك ج ن ت ان Duals of relative pronouns ال ذ ي and ال تي تي (Seq # 76) The duals of relative pronouns ال ذ ي and ال تي are the following. It is to note that ال ذ ي and ال تي are م ب ن ي but their duals are declinable. Dual of Dual Case ال ذ ي ofال تي الت ا ن ا ل اذ ان م ر ف و ع ال ت ي ن ال ذ ي ن م ن ص و ب ال ت ي ن ال ذ ي ن م ج ر و ر Example verse in Quran (24:41:29) should be read with extreme care as plural ( (ال ذ ي ن and dual ( ي ن (ال ذ of ال ذ ي is present. Introduction to verbal sentence (Seq # 77)

80 A verbal sentence is a sentence that starts with a verb. The formal structure of a verbal sentence is as below. Verbal sentence = Verb + Doer + Action done on (object) In the Arabic language the verb is termed as.ف ع ل The Doer is termed as ف ا ع ل. The object on which the action done on is.م ر ف و ع. The doer is a noun and it is always م ف ع ول ب ه termed as The object on which the action done on is also a noun and it is.م ن ص و ب always As an example, consider the below statement. ق ت ل داو د جال و ت Translation: Dawood killed Jaloot..م ر ف و ع Qatala is a verb to kill. Dawoodu is a Doer and it is.م ن ص و ب and it is م ف ع ول ب ه Jaaluta is 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The sentence Mohammed saw Haamid ( م ح م د ن ظ ر حام دا ) is not a verbal sentence, because it does not start with a verb. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The sentence Mohammed helped Haamid ( م ح م د ن ص ر حام دا ) is not a verbal sentence, because it does not start with a verb. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The sentence Mohammed is in the cave ( م ح م د في ال ك ه ف ) is not a verbal sentence but a nominal sentence and mohammed is the subject. Introduction to Three radicals (or letters) (Seq # 78) In the Arabic language most of the verbs are trilateral. The trilateral verbs comes with three radicals (or letters). The terminology in English used for this is: first radical (or first letter), second radical (or second letter) and third radical (or third letter). The corresponding terminology in the Arabic language is mapped to the word (verb) ع ل.ف First letter is

81 termed as ك ل م ة.ف Second letter is termed as ك ل م ة.ع Third ج م ع For example consider the verb.ل ك ل م ة letter is termed as (he collected) and see the below table. Trilateral verb ع م ج ف ل ك ل م ة ع ك ل م ة ك ل م ة Third letter Second letter First letter ف (he saw) the ن ظ ر 1) State TRUE or FALSE: In the verb.ر is ل ك ل م ة and ظ is ع ك ل م ة,ن is ك ل م ة ف (he killed) the ق ت ل 2) State TRUE or FALSE: In the verb.ل is ل ك ل م ة and ت is ع ك ل م ة,ق is ك ل م ة 3) State TRUE or FALSE: In the verb ج م ع (he collected) the.ع is ل ك ل م ة Transitive verbs v and Intransitive verbs (Seq # 79) Verbs are of two kinds namely transitive verb and intransitive verb. Transitive verb needs an object. In the Arabic language, this object is termed as م ف ع ول ب ه. To determine if a verb is transitive, ask two questions to the verb. These questions are What? or Whom? If the verb needs an answer then it is transitive verb. Let us take an example verb To see. In Arabic it is ر.ن ظ If we ask the question, See What? then it needs an answer. That answer is the object ( م ف ع و ل ب ه ). Thus ن ظ ر is a transitive verb. Let us take another example verb he went. In Arabic it is ذ ه ب. The above two questions cannot be raised to this verb.ذ ه ب Thus it does not need any object and the verb verb. is an intransitive ذ ه ب.م ن ص و ب is always (م ف ع و ل ب ه ( verb The object to the

82 ) State TRUE or FALSE: The questions What? or Whom? can be raised to the verb ق ت ل (he killed), so it is a transitive verb. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The questions What? or Whom? can be raised to the verb ج ع ل (he made), so it is a transitive verb. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The verb ذ ه ب (he went) is a transitive verb. Characteristics of the Root of the verb (Seq # 80) Study of the Arabic verbs always start with discussing the main root of the verb. The root of the verb has the following characteristics. 1) The root verb is always in the past tense 2) The doer of the root verb is always the third person 3) The doer of the root verb is always masculine 4) The doer of the root verb is always singular By considering points 2,3 and 4 the doer of the root verb is always he. This doer (he) in the root verb is hidden inside the verb itself. Example opened) (he ف ت ح The above verb is in the past tense, doer is a third person masculine singular (he). Important Baabs (Chapters) of verb (Seq # 81) Verbs are classified under the chapters or categories. Those are as below 1) Baab Fataha ( (ف ت ح (a-a group) 2) Baab Nasara ( ر (ن ص (a-u group) 3) Baab Zaraba ( ر ب (ض (a-i group) 4) Baab Sami`a ( م ع (س (i-a group) 5) Baab karuma ( (ك ر م (u-u group)

83 ) Baab Hasiba ( ب (ح س (i-i group) The representation of a-a, a-u, a-i, i-a, u-u, and i-i groups will be discussed later on. Few of the subsequent topics are related to some of these important baabs. Understanding Baab ف ت ح ح session # 1 (Seq # 82) In this topic the verb open will be discussed. In one of the earlier topic, 14 personal pronouns have been discussed. These personal pronouns have been mapped to the right hand finger cells. First finger (forefinger) was mapped to three personal pronouns namely: ه و (he), ه ما (they two) and ه م (they all). In the English language upon using the verb open with these three pronouns the phrases will be: he opened, they two opened and they all opened. In the Arabic language the root verb for open is.ف ت ح This Arabic verb changes its forms as below for the forefinger mapped personal pronouns. This change in the verb structure for each personal pronoun is called as conjugation. The below table shows the addition of the doer to the main verb form to get the structure related to the associated doer. Meaning Doer Verb Structure Detached Pronoun He Opened Hidden ف ت ح ه و They two ف ت ح + ا = ه ما ف ت ح ا ا Opened They all Opened ف ت ح + و = ه م ف ت ح و ا و In case of the root form ف ت ح the doer (he) is hidden in the verb itself. But the doer can come in the sentence when needed. This concept is same for all the verbs in the Arabic language. In case of ف ت ح ا the doer (they two) is the attached

84 و the doer (they all) is the attached ف ت ح وا. In case of ا alif The single ا in the last is the spelling rule, which we will discuss later. All these doers are in م ر ف و ع case. This concept is same for all the verbs in the Arabic language, because doers are.م ر ف و ع always 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Third person masculine pronoun,ر ف ع ا,ر ف ع ( is (he raised) ر ف ع conjugations of the verb,ج ع لا,ج ع ل ( is (he made) ج ع ل of the verb,(ر ف ع و ا,ج م ع ا,ج م ع ( is (he collected) ج م ع and of the verb,(ج ع ل و ا.(ج م ع و ا 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The doer ( ف ا ع ل ) in the verb form.و (They stopped) is the Arabic letter م ن ع و ا 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The meaning of the verb form went. is They two ذ ه با 4) State TRUE or FALSE: The doer ( ف ا ع ل ) is not hidden in raised/elevated). (he ر ف ع ر ف ع ا 5) State TRUE or FALSE: The meaning of the verb form is They two raised. Understanding Baab ف ت ح ح session # 2 (Seq # 83) In the earlier topic, the verb structure for third person masculine gender (singular, dual and plural) was learnt. The verb structure for feminine gender is given in the below table. These personal pronouns mapped to second finger of right hand as we learnt earlier. Meaning Doer Verb Structure Detached Pronoun She ه ي ف ت ح ت opened Hidden They two (Fem.) Opened ا ف ت ح ت ا ه م ا

85 They all (Fem.) Opened ن ف ت ح ن ه ن In the case of She opened the doer is hidden. But the doer can come in the sentence if needed. The ending ت in the verb structure is called as ت of women. This ت will come for all the Arabic verbs for third person feminine singular personal pronoun (she). From ه ن, the third letter (in this case (ح till all other subsequent personal pronouns will get sukoon (.( This is same for all the Arabic verbs. We will learn more about this further. (he became ص ل ح and of the verb,(ذ ه ب ن,ذ ه ب ت ا,ذ ه ب ت (.(ص ل ح ن,ص ل ح ت ا, ص ل ح ت ( is pious) 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The doer ( ف ا ع ل ) is hidden in the verb form ذ ه ب ت (she went). 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The meaning of the verb form pious. is They two (feminine) became ص ل ح ت ا 4) State TRUE or FALSE: The doer ( ف ا ع ل ) in the verb form.ن (They all (fem.) reached/raised) is ب ع ث ن ن ح ن till the pronoun ه ن 5) State TRUE or FALSE: From the third letter in the past tense verb forms will have.( ( sukoon Understanding Baab ف ت ح ح session # 3 (Seq # 84) 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Third person feminine pronoun conjugations of the verb ب ع ث (he reached/raised) is (he went) is ذ ه ب of the verb,(ب ع ث ن,ب ع ث ت ا,ب ع ث ت ( In the earlier topic, the verb structure for third person feminine gender was learnt. Proceeding further, third finger personal pronouns representing second person masculine gender will be discussed in this topic. Second person masculine gender

86 personal pronouns are ا ن ت م ا,ا ن ت and.ا ن ت م The associated verb structure looks like below. Meaning Doer You ت Opened You two Opened You all Opened Verb Structure ت ف ت ح Detached Pronoun ت ا ن ا ن ت ما ما ح ت ت ف ا ن ت م ف ت ح ت م ت ت ما م It is to be observed that the third letter (in this case (ح is having sukoon ( ) in the above table. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Second person masculine pronoun, ف عل ت ما, ف عل ت ( is (he did) ف ع ل conjugations of the verb.( ف عل ت م 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Second person masculine pronoun conjugations of the verb ج ه ز (he became ready) is.(ج ه ز ت م,ج ه ز ت م ا,ج ه ز ت ( 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Second person masculine pronoun, خ د ع ت ( is (he deceived) خ د ع conjugations of the verb.(خ د ع ت م, خ د ع ت م ا 4) State TRUE or FALSE: The doer ( ف ا ع ل ) in the verb form.ت م (You all (masc.) became ready) is ج ه ز ت م 5) State TRUE or FALSE: The doer ( ف ا ع ل ) in the verb form.ت (You (masc.) deceived) is خ د ع ت Understanding Baab ح ح ح ح ت ف session # 4 (Seq # 85) In the earlier topic, the verb structure for second person masculine gender was learnt. Here second person feminine gender will be discussed which are ا ن ت م ا,ا ن ت and.ا ن ت ن The associated verb structure of ف ت ح looks like below. Meaning Doer Verb Detached

87 You (fem.) ت Opened Structure Pronoun ا ن ت ف ت ح ت You two (fem.) Opened ت م ا ف ت ح ت م ا ا ن ت م ا You All (fem.) Opened ت ن ف ت ح ت ن ا ن ت ن It is to note that, the dual form is same for masculine and feminine gender (discussed in previous topic) which is.ف ت ح ت م ا Exercise 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Second person feminine pronoun,خ ش ع ت ( is (he feared) خ ش ع conjugations of the verb.(خ ش ع ت ن,خ ش ع ت م ا 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Second person feminine pronoun conjugations of the verb خ ل ع (he removed, he kept.( خ ل ع ت ن,خ ل ع ت م ا,خ ل ع ت ( is separate) 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Second person masculine pronoun,ش ف ع ت ( is (he intercede) ش ف ع conjugations of the verb.(ش ف ع ت ن,ش ف ع ت م ا Understanding Baab ح ح ح ح ت ف session # 5 (Seq # 86) In the earlier topic, the verb structure for second person feminine gender was learnt. Here the verb structure for first person pronouns will be learnt. These pronouns are ا ن ا and below. looks like ف ت ح The associated verb structure of.ن ح ن

88 Meaning Doer Verb Structure Detached Pronoun I Opened ت ف ت ح ت ا ن ا We Opened ان ف ت ح ن ا ن ح ن 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verses Quran (15:18:12) and Quran (15:18:19). The verb ب ع ث (he reached/raised) has been used. The doer ( (ف اع ل is ن ا which is representing.ن ح ن to the detached pronoun 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:32). ) ف ا ع ل ( doer has been used two times. The ج ع ل The verb.ن ح ن which is representing to the detached pronoun ن ا is 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:82). The verb ف ع ل (he did) has been used. The doer ( ف ا ع ل ) is.ا ن ا which is representing to the detached pronoun ت Putting together all the things learned from the last 5 topics (Seq # 87) We learned the past tense verb forms of the root verb ف ت ح. Its translation is he opened. It is in the past tense, singular, masculine and for the third person pronoun (he). Below are the few beneficial points to understand the verb structure in the past tense. 1) Both in the case of ف ت ح and ف ت ح ت the doer ( ف ا ع ل ) is hidden. But doer can come in the sentence. This is same for all the verbs in the Arabic language. 2) Constructing third person feminine singular verb form is ت of women to root verb form. Example: Add ت to add to ف ت ح to get ف ت ح ت (she opened). This is same for all the verbs in the Arabic language. 3) Constructing Duals for third person masculine and third person feminine is to add one ا to their singular form.

89 ف ت ح ت to ا and Add ف ت حا to get ف ت ح to ا Example: Add to get.ف ت ح ت ا This is same for all the verbs in the Arabic language. 4) From ه ن the third letter (in this case (ح will always get sukoon ( ( till.ن ح ن This is same for all the verbs in the Arabic language. 5) In all the forms the root verb ف ت ح will exist but the endings will have change. These endings are doers and they are always.م ر ف و ع This is same for all the verbs in the Arabic language. (6 After ه ن the doers are,ت,ت ن,ت م ا,ت,ت م,ت م ا,ت.ن ا One can memorize this pattern to form the verb structures easily. This pattern is used for all the verbs in the Arabic language. 7) The dual form in the second person masculine and.ت م ا feminine pronouns ends with The past tense conjugation of ف ت ح is as follows. The reader should practice this table as much as he can. Meaning Doer Verb Structure Detached Pronoun He ف ت ح Opened Hidden They ه و two Opened ا ف ت ح ا هم ا They all Opened و ف ت ح و ا هم She opened Hidden ف ت ح ت هي They two (Fem.) Opened ا ف ت ح ت ا هم ا

90 They all (Fem.) Opened ن ف ت ح ن ه ن You Opened ت ف ت ح ت ا ن ت You two Opened ت م ا ف ت ح ت م ا ا ن ت م ا You all Opened You ت م ف ت ح ت م ا ن ت م (fem.) Opened ت ف ت ح ت ا ن ت You two (fem.) Opened ت م ا ف ت ح ت م ا ا ن ت م ا You All (fem.) Opened ت ن ف ت ح ت ن ا ن ت ن I Opened ت ف ت ح ت ا ن ا We Opened ن ا ف ت ح ن ا ن ح ن 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The 14 past tense verbal forms for ف ع ل, ف ع لا, ف ع ل و ا, ف ع ل ت, ف ع ل ت ا,ف ع ل ن, is (he did) ف ع ل the root verb ف ع ل ت, ف ع ل ت م ا, ف ع ل تم, ف ع ل ت, ف ع ل ت م ا, ف ع ل تن, ف ع ل ت, ف ع ل ن ا 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The 14 past tense verbal forms for ب ع ث, ب ع ث ا, ب ع ث و ا, ب ع ث ت, is (he raised/reached) ب ع ث the root verb ب ع ث ت ا,ب ع ثن, ب ع ث ت, ب ع ث ت م ا, ب ع ث تم, ب ع ث ت, ب ع ث ت م ا, ب ع ث تن, ب ع ث ت, ب ع ث ن ا 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The 14 past tense verbal forms for ج ع ل, ج ع لا, ج ع ل و ا, ج ع ل ت, ج ع ل ت ا (He made) is ج ع ل the root verb,ج ع ل ن, ج ع ل ت, ج ع ل ت م ا, ج ع ل تم, ج ع ل ت, ج ع ل ت م ا, ج ع ل تن, ج ع ل ت, ج ع ل ن ا Practice session for the Verb Past tense (Seq # 88)

91 This topic covers some practice for few verbs in the past tense. Let us take a root verb ب ع ث (he raised). We will construct all the 14 verb forms for 14 personal pronouns in the past form slowly by our earlier understanding. 1) For ه و the verb form is ب ع ث the doer is hidden. 2) For,ه م ا just add the doer ا to the root ب ع ث. Thus it is.ب ع ث ا 3) For ه م just add the doer و to the root.ب ع ث Thus it is is just a spelling rule. We will learn it ا The ending.ب ع ث و ا later on. 4) For ه ي just add the ت of women to the root.ب ع ث This hidden. of women is not the doer. In this case doer is ت.ب ع ث ت Thus it is 5) For feminine ه م ا just add the doer ا to the verb form of.ب ع ث ت ا Thus it is.(ب ع ث ت ( ه ي 6) For ه ن the condition is that the third radical should get sukoon ( ( and it is the same rule for the rest of the pronouns. So take the root form ب ع ث and add sukoon Thus it.ب ع ث to ن Now add the doer.ب ع ث It becomes.( (.ب ع ث ن is.ب ع ث ت Thus it is.ب ع ث to ت just add the doer ا ن ت 7) For.ب ع ث ت م ا Thus it is.ب ع ث to ت م ا just add the doer ا ن ت م ا 8) For.ب ع ث ت م Thus it is.ب ع ث to ت م just add the doer ا ن ت م 9) For 10) For ا ن ت just add the doer ت to ث.ب ع Thus it is.ب ع ث ت.ب ع ث to ت م ا just add the doer ا ن ت م ا 11) For feminine.ا ن ت م ا It is same as masculine.ب ع ث ت م ا Thus it is 12) For ا ن ت ن just add the doer ت ن to.ب ع ث Thus it is. ب ع ث ت ن.ب ع ث ت Thus it is.ب ع ث to ت just add the doer ا ن ا 13) For 14) For ن ح ن just add the doer ن ا to.ب ع ث Thus it is.ب ع ث ن ا Thus your right hand looks like below table now. Thumb Fing.4 Fing.3 Fing.2 Fing.1 ب ع ث ب ع ث ت ب ع ث ت ب ع ث ت ب ع ث ت

92 ب ع ث ا ب ع ث ت ا ب ع ث ت م ا ب ع ث ت م ا ب ع ث ن ا ب ع ث و ا ب ع ث ن ب ع ث ت م ب ع ث ت ن The process of constructing the verb structures is same as above for all the verbs in the Arabic language. Navigate your right hand cells and read the verb structure loudly. Practice them by reading/writing for couple of times to master. Keep doing this practice for the below 5 verbs. did) (he ف ع ل stopped) (he م ن ع went) (he ذ ه ب collected) (he ج م ع interceded) (he ش ف ع Mutaharrik Pronouns and Saakin Pronouns for the Past tense (Seq # 89) In the last topic we have learnt the past verb forms for all the,ف ت ح (He opened). They are ف ت ح fourteen pronouns of the verb,ف ت ح تن,ف ت ح ت م ا,ف ت ح ت,ف ت ح تم,ف ت ح ت م ا,ف ت ح ت, ف ت ح ن, ف ت ح ت ا,ف ت ح ت,ف ت ح و ا,ف ت ح ا hidden. the doer is ف ت ح ت and ف ت ح In the case of.ف ت ح ن ا,ف ت ح ت In the past tense, the below pronouns are Saakin pronouns.( ( sukoon there is a (ا and و) because on the doers.ف ت ح ت ا and ف ت ح و ا,ف ت ح ا pronouns: Saakin The below pronouns (which are suffixes) are Mutaharrik,ت,ت ن,ت م ا,ت,ت م,ت م ا,ت,ن ( doers pronouns because on the and (ن ا the vowel signs exist.,ف ت ح تن,ف ت ح ت م ا,ف ت ح ت,ف ت ح تم,ف ت ح ت م ا,ف ت ح ت,ف ت ح ن pronouns: Mutaharrik.ف ت ح ن ا,ف ت ح ت ه ن To remember easily in the past tense the pronouns from consequently till ن ح ن are Mutaharrik pronouns, which are

93 ع total 9 pronouns. This is same for all the verbs present in the Arabic language. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The doer pronoun ن in the verb structure form ج م ع ن (they (fem.) collected) representing detached pronoun ه ن is a Mutaharrik pronoun. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The doer pronoun ت in the verb structure form ذ ه ب ت (I went) representing detached pronoun ا ن ا is a Mutaharrik pronoun. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The doer pronoun ا in the verb structure form ر ف ع ا (they both (masc.) raised/reached) representing detached pronoun ه م ا is a Saakin pronoun. 4) State TRUE or FALSE: The doer pronoun و in the verb structure form ص ل ح و ا (They became pious) representing the detached pronoun ه م is a Saakin pronoun. 5) State TRUE or FALSE: The doer pronoun ت in the verb structure form خ د ع ت (You (fem.) deceived) representing the detached pronoun ا ن ت is a Mutaharrik pronoun. Understanding Baab ف ت ح ح ف ت present tense ( ع ع ار ر ا م ض ض (م (Seq # 90) The below table shows all the 14 forms of the present tense of the verb ف ت ح. For easy understanding, these 14 forms are divided into three columns namely 5 in pocket, Guest Noon and Mabni. The reader should not worry about the verb forms complexity. Those will be learnt by practice. In upcoming topics, detail practice sessions have been written for perfection. Meaning Doer Mabni Guest Noon 5 in pocket Pronoun He opens Hidden ي ف ت ح ه و They open ا ي ف ت ح ان ه ما They all open و ي ف ت ح و ن ه م

94 She opens Hidden ت ف ت ح ه ي They (2 women) open ا ت ف ت ح ان ه ما They all (fem.) open ن ي ف ت ح ن ه ن You open Hidden ت ف ت ح ا ن ت ا ن ت ما ا ن ت م You (2 men) open ا ت ف ت ح ان You all open و ت ف ت ح و ن ت ا ن ا ن ت ما ا ن ت ن ا ن ا ح ن ن You (fem.) open ي ت ف ت ح ي ن ت ف ت ح ا ن You (2 women) ا open You (fem. Plural) open ن ت ف ت ح ن I open Hidden ا ف ت ح We open Hidden ن ف ت ح The associated detailed explanation for the above table is as below.

95 ن,ا,ت,ي (the present tense) are ال م ض ار ع (1 The signs of These are the prefixes present in the verb forms. This is same for all the verbs in the Arabic language. 2) The first column namely 5 in pocket represents the verb forms for the pronouns ا ن ا,ا ن ت,ه ي,ه و and.ن ح ن This column construction is simple and easy. You can construct them in the same way for all the verbs in the Arabic language once you have the form for.ه و As an example let us consider the verb ج ع ل (he made). So 5 in pocket.ن ج ع ل and ا ج ع ل,ت ج ع ل,ت ج ع ل,ي ج ع ل for this verb are The doer in 5 in pocket verb structures is hidden. Reader is highly recommended to keep this into practice once he encounters a new verb. 3) The second column namely Guest Noon. This column,ه م ا,ه م,ه م ا represents the verb forms for the pronouns This Noon will disappear based.ا ن ت ما,ا ن ت,ا ن ت م,ا ن ت ما on some other Arabic grammar rule that we will learn later on. 4) The third column namely Mabni has just two verb structures. Those are ي فت ح ن and ت فت ح ن. In these cases the ن is the doer ( ف ا ع ل ). These two verb forms/structures will never change by any other grammar rule. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The signs of ال م ض ار ع (the present tense) are ن,ا,ت,ي and they come as prefixes to the verbs. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:94). The verb form ن ج ع ل (we make) is present in this verse.,ي ج ع ل So, 5 in pocket for this verb will be derived as.ن ج ع ل and ا ج ع ل,ت ج ع ل,ت ج ع ل 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The Mabni group in present tense for the root verb ج ع ل (he made) has the verb forms.ت ج ع ل ن and ي ج ع ل ن as

96 ) State TRUE or FALSE: The 5 in pocket for the root verb.ن ر ف ع and ا ر ف ع,ت ر ف ع,ت ر ف ع,ي ر ف ع (he raised) are ر ف ع 5) State TRUE or FALSE: The present tense verb form for the root verb ذ ه ب (he went) for the detached pronoun.ت ذ ه ب ي ن is ا ن ت Practice session for the Verb Present tense (Seq # 91) Practice of present tense should be done carefully. No need to practice all the 14 verb forms in a single attempt. Let us proceed with 5 in pocket column practice. Under this category the doer is hidden. Assume that we have only verb form for ه و which is.ي ب ع ث Follow the below points to get the rest of the verb forms in 5 in pocket column. 1) For ه و the verb form is.ي ب ع ث The doer is hidden. 2) For ه ي just change starting ي to.ت Thus it is.ت ب ع ث The doer is hidden..ت ب ع ث which is ه ي it is always same as that of ا ن ت 3) For The doer is hidden. 4) For ا ن ا just start it with.ا Thus it is.ا ب ع ث The doer is hidden. 5) For ن ح ن just start it with.ن Thus it is.ن ب ع ث The doer is hidden. So 5 in pocket present tense for the root verb ب ع ث are.ن ب ع ث,ا ب ع ث,ت ب ع ث,ت ب ع ث,ي ب ع ث Practice the above steps for the below root verbs. (he ج م ع went), (he ذ ه ب stopped), (he م ن ع did), (he ف ع ل collected), ش ف ع (he interceded). Let us proceed now to practice Mabni group. Only two verb forms (for ه ن and (ا ن ت ن comes in this group. The doer is ن for.( ( sukoon both the forms and the third radical will always get.ب ع ث Following are the steps for the root verb

97 ي ب ع ث + ن = be So the equation will.ن the doer is ه ن 1) For.ي ب ع ث ن 2) For ا ن ت ن just change the starting ي to.ت Thus it is.ت ب ع ث ن So Mabni column present tense for the root verb ب ع ث are.ت ب ع ث ن and ي ب ع ث ن Practice the above steps for the below root verbs. (he ج م ع went), (he ذ ه ب stopped), (he م ن ع did), (he ف ع ل collected), ش ف ع (he interceded) Now comes, the difficult column namely Guest Noon. The ending ن will exist in all the forms but this ن is not the doer. The following are the steps. 1) For the masculine dual ه م ا just add the doer ا to the form.ي ب ع ث ان Thus it is.ي ب ع ث which is ه و of.ي ب ع ث و ن Thus it is.و just add the doer ه م 2) For 3) For the feminine dual ه م ا just add the doer ا to the form.ت ب ع ث ان Thus it is.ت ب ع ث which is ه ي of ا ن ت to the form of ا just add the doer ا ن ت م ا 4) For masculine. ت ب ع ث ا ن Thus it is.ت ب ع ث which is.ت ب ع ث و ن. Thus it is و just add the doer ا ن ت م 5) For.ت ب ع ث ي ن Thus it is.ي the doer is ا ن ت 6) For.ت ب ع ث ان Thus it is.ا the doer is ا ن ت م ا 7) For feminine Practice the above steps for the below root verbs. did) (he ف ع ل stopped) (he م ن ع went) (he ذ ه ب collected) (he ج م ع interceded) (he ش ف ع No need to get all the 14 forms at once. Understanding even few forms in the early stage of learning is very good.

98 Now let us try to fill our hand cells. First fill 5 in pocket so it will look like this. Fore Thumb Fing.4 Fing.3 Fing.2 Fing.1 ي ب ع ث ت ب ع ث ت ب ع ث ا ب ع ث ن ب ع ث Then fill Mabni group Fore Thumb Fing.4 Fing.3 Fing.2 Fing.1 ي ب ع ث ت ب ع ث ت ب ع ث ا ب ع ث ي ب ع ث ن ت ب ع ث ن ن ب ع ث Then fill Guest Noon (Remember the colour cells above to make the recognization of cells of Guest Noon ) Fore Thumb Fing.4 Fing.3 Fing.2 Fing.1 ي ب ع ث ت ب ع ث ت ب ع ث ت ب ع ث ي ن ا ب ع ث ي ب ع ث ان ت ب ع ث ان ت ب ع ث ان ت ب ع ث ان ن ب ع ث ي ب ع ث و ن ي ب ع ث ن ت ب ع ث و ن ت ب ع ث ن If we observe the above table finger 1 and finger 3 are same except the initial ت and.ي This is a tip to remember it further. Practice the below steps by writing/reading to make it interesting and easy as much as possible. Practice one of the below steps at one time.,ا ب ع ث,ت ب ع ث,ت ب ع ث,ي ب ع ث ( pocket 1) Practice 5 in.(ن ب ع ث.(ت ب ع ث ن,ي ب ع ث ن ( group 2) Practice Mabni

99 ) Practice Fore finger 1 and finger 3. Observe it is just.(ت and finger 3 has ي change in first letter (finger 1 has Other structure of the verb is same. 4) Practice the middle cells of the hand for all duals. Only.(ت ب ع ث ا ن,ت ب ع ث ان,ت ب ع ث ان,ي ب ع ث ان ( ت and then all ي one Mutaharrik Pronouns and Saakin Pronouns for the Present tense (Seq # 92) In the present tense the Mutaharrik pronoun is ن which is available only in Mabni group ( ي ف ت ح ن and ت ف ت ح ن ). This is because this ن is the doer in this case and has the vowel sign over it. All other pronouns are Saakin pronouns. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The doer ( (ف اع ل in the verb form and it is Mutaharrik ن (They all (fem.) collect) is ي ج م ع ن pronoun in present tense. (Meaning of root verb ج م ع is he collected). 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The doer ( (ف اع ل in the verb form and it is Mutaharrik ن (You all (fem.) raise) is ت ر ف ع ن pronoun in present tense. (Meaning of root verb ر ف ع is he raised). 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The doer ( (ف اع ل in the verb form and it is ا (they (two men) stop/prohibit) is ي م ن ع ا ن Saakin Pronoun in present tense. Revisiting the topic Verbal sentence as Predicate (fifth type) for Nominal sentence (Seq # 93) We have learnt earlier that a verbal sentence can come as a predicate for a nominal sentence. Consider the statement His companion entered his garden. We will use the verb د خ ل (he entered) to construct this statement which starts with a noun as follows.

100 ص اح ب ه د خ ل ج ن ت ه Grammatical analysis is as below.. م ر ف و ع = subject (Companion) and it is Muzaaf. It is ص اح ب.م ج ر و ر = Muzaaf iliahi. It is ه Now comes the verb.د خ ل Thus a new sentence is starting here and it is beginning with a verb. Putting the subsequent sentence in the brackets as below. The sentence in brackets is a verbal sentence acting as a predicate to ص اح ب as the subject. ص اح ب ه ) د خ ل ج ن ت ه ( Analyzing the statement in brackets as below. ص اح ب = Verb in past tense. Doer is hidden, pointing to د خ ل Muzaaf. and also it is م ن ص و ب = Mafoolun bihi ج ن ت = Muzaaf iliahi ه ز ي ن ب ف ت ح ت 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The statement (Zainab opened) is a nominal statement. ز ي ن ب و م ح م د و 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The statement (Zainab, Mohammed and Haamid opened) is ح ام د ف ت ح و ا a nominal statement. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The statement ا ن ت ن ت ف ت ح ن (You all (fem.) opens) is not a nominal statement. Unique Characteristics of second letter ( م ة ة ل ك (Seq (ع ك # 94) As we have learned earlier that Arabic verbs are generally of three letters (or radicals). The specimen verb in the past tense (he did) is used to explain the concepts behind all the ف ع ل three letter verbs. The first letter (fa kalimah) always has fatah. The second letter (Ain kalimah) may have any of the three vowel signs: Fatah, Kasrah or Dammah. The third letter (Laam kalimah) always has fatah.

101 Example: ف ت ح has fatah on the second letter. س م ع has kasrah on the second letter. ك ر م has dammah on the second letter. As second letter in the past tense can have vowel signs: Fatah, Kasrah or Dammah, the same second letter in the present tense can also have Fatah, Kasrah or Dammah. In order to explain this in the Arabic world there is a poem given in the below table. Read the Poem column then immediately read the example column (Poem column + Example Column) horizontally. Poem Example Description Fatah in past will change to Dammah ف ت ح ض م ن صر ي ن ص ر in present (au) ض ر ب ي ضر ب ف ت ح ي فت ح ف ف ت ح ك س ر حت ا ن ت ك ر م ي كر م ض م ضم ك س ر س مع ي س م ع ف ت ح Fatah in past will change to Kasrah in present (a-i) Fatah in past will change to Fatah in present (a-a) Dammah in past will always remain as Dammah in present (u-u) Kasrah in past will change to Fatah in present (i-a)

102 ح ي س ب سر ت ا ن ك ح س ب Kasrah in past will remain as Kasrah in present (i-i) As an example consider the group (a-a). The second letter in the past tense of the verb open ( (ف ت ح is Fatah and the same second letter in the present tense is also Fatah (.(ي ف ت ح Thus the group is (a-a). There is no logic to determine which category a verb belongs to. This knowledge comes by time and not a worrying issue. In the next few sections sample verbs are given for four Baabs (Fataha, Nasara, Zaraba, Sami`a). Keep practicing them daily 5 verbs with all the 14 forms in past and present tense. Perfection in these verbs will come by practice and by time. After getting the confidence proceed to further topics. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The first letter and third letter always have Fatah in three letter verbs. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The second letter can have Fatah, Kasrah or Dammah both in the past or present tense. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: There is a logic to determine which verb belongs to which category. Few sample verbs from Baab Fataha ( ف ت ح ح (ف ت ) (a-a ( a group) (Seq # 95) The below list provides few sample verbs that comes under the category of a-a group. Both the past and present tense for third person masculine singular verb along with nearly approximate meaning is given in the format (past tense, present tense, meaning). It is organized as 5 verbs daily for practice. Day # 1

103 ع ,ي ب ع ث,ب ع ث ( did), He,ي ف ع ل,ف ع ل ( opened), He,ي ف ت ح,ف ت ح ( He raised), (,ج ع ل,ي ج ع ل He made/create), ( ه ب,ذ ه ب,ي ذ He went). Day # 2 pious), He became,ي ص ل ح,ص ل ح ( collected), He,ي ج م ع,ج م ع (,ج ه ز ( deceived), He,ي خ د ع, خ د ( raised), He,ي ر ف ع,ر ف ع ( ready). He became,ي ج ه ز Day # 3,ص ن ع ( feared), He,ي خ ش ع,خ ش ع ( separated), He,ي خ ل ع,خ ل ع (,ي م ن ع,م ن ع ( intercede), He,ي ش ف ع,ش ف ع ( did/made), He,ي ص ن ع He stopped). Day # 4 He,ي ن ح ر,ن ح ر ( read), He,ي ق ر ا,ق ر ا ( knocked), He,ي ق ر ع,ق ر ع ( slaughtered), ( ا ل,س ا ل,ي س He asked), ( ه ر,ظ ه ر,ي ظ He came to know). 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:55). The verb م ن ع is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:82). The past tense verb form ف ع ل ت (I did) is not present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:99). The past tense verb form ج م ع ن ا (We collected) is present in this verse. Few sample verbs from Baab Nasara ( ر ر (ن ص ) (a-u group) (Seq # 96) The below list provides few sample verbs that comes under the category of a-u group. Both the past and present tense for the third person masculine singular verb along with nearly approximate meaning is given in the format (past tense, present tense, meaning). It is organized as 5 verbs daily for easy practice.

104 Day # 1,ي خ ر ج,خ ر ج ( left), He,ي ت ر ك,ت ر ك ( helped), He,ي ن ص ر,ن ص ر (,ي خ ل ق,خ ل ق ( forever), To abide,ي خ ل د,خ ل د ( out), He came He created). Day # 2,ر ز ق ( remembered),, He ي ذ ك ر,ذ ك ر ( entered), He,ي د خ ل,د خ ل ( He,ي س ج د,س ج د ( (rizq)), He gave provisioning,ي ر ز ق prostrated), ( ع ر,ش ع ر,ي ش He understood). Day # 3 thanked), He,ي ش ك ر,ش ك ر ( truth), He said,ي ص د ق,ص د ق ( worshiped), He,ي ع ب د,ع ب د ( disobeyed), He,ي ف س ق,ف س ق ( plot). He deceived by some,ي م ك ر,م ك ر ( Day # 4 He,ي ج ب ر,ج ب ر ( unthankful), He rejected/was,ي ك ف ر,ك ف ر ( recompensated), ( ر,ن ظ ر,ي ن ظ He saw), (,خ ل ف,ي خ ل ف He was back), ( د,ح س د,ي ح س He envied). Day # 5 disobeyed), He,ي ف ج ر,ف ج ر ( guidance), He got,ي ر ش د,ر ش د (,ر ب ط ( ruffled), He,ي ن ف ش,ن ف ش ( obeyed), He,ي ق ن ت,ق ن ت ( firm). He made,ي ر ب ط Day # 6 To,ي غ ر ب,غ ر ب ( rose), To,ي ط ل ع,ط ل ع ( eat), He,ي ا ك ل,ا ك ل ( set), (,ب ل غ,ي ب ل غ He reached), (,ق ت ل,ي ق ت ل He killed). Day # 7,ن ش ر ( ordered), He,ي ا م ر,ا م ر ( gathered), He,ي ح ش ر,ح ش ر ( He,ي خ ر ق,خ ر ق ( blown), He,ي ن ف خ,ن ف خ ( spread), He,ي ن ش ر made hole). Day # 8,ز ع م ( seized), He,ي ا خ ذ,ا خ ذ ( stone), He thrown,ي ر ج م,ر ج م ( extended/stretched). He,ي ب س ط,ب س ط ( claimed), He,ي ز ع م

105 ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:5). The present tense verb form ت خ ر ج is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:16). The present tense verb form ي ع ب د و ن (They all worship) is present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:43). The present tense verb form ي ن ص ر و ن (They all help) is not present in this verse. Few sample verbs from Baab Zaraba ر ر ب ب ( (ض ) (a-i group) (Seq # 97) The below list provides few sample verbs that comes under the category of a-i group. Both the past and present tense for third person masculine singular verb along with nearly approximate meaning is given in the format (past tense, present tense, meaning). It is organized as 5 verbs daily for easy practice. Day # 1 To be,ي ص ب ر,ص ب ر ( example), He strike/gave,ي ض ر ب,ض ر ب ( patient), (,ح م ل,ي ح م ل He got laden), (,ق ر ض,ي ق ر ض It passed away), (,ع د ل,ي ع د ل To do justice) Day # 2 He,ي ظ ل م,ظ ل م ( returned), he,ي ر ج ع,ر ج ع (,ك س ب ( forgiven), He,ي غ ف ر,غ ف ر ( oppressed/wronged), lied) He,ي ك ذ ب,ك ذ ب ( earned), He,ي ك س ب Day # 3,ج ل س ( threw), He,ي ن ب ذ,ن ب ذ ( stamp/close), To,ي خ ت م,خ ت م ( He,ي ح ف د,ح ف د ( owned), He,ي م ل ك,م ل ك ( sat),, He ي ج ل س served). Day # 4 He,ي ع ر ض,ع ر ض ( prevailed/overtook), He,ي غ ل ب,غ ل ب ( presented/offered), (,ه ل ك,ي ه ل ك he died/destroyed).

106 ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:58). The verb form ك س ب و (They all earned) is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:59). The verb form ظ ل م و ا (They all oppressed) is present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:87). The verb form ظ ل م (He oppressed) is present in this verse. Few sample verbs from Baab Sami`a ( م ع ع (س ) (i-a ( group) (Seq # 98) The below table provides few sample verbs that comes under the category of i-a group. Both the past and present tense for the third person masculine singular verb form is given. Day # 1 worried), He got,ي ح ز ن,ح ز ن ( listened), He,ي س م ع,س م ع ( He became,ي م ر ض,م ر ض ( protected), He,ي ح ف ظ,ح ف ظ ( patient), (,ر ح م,ي ر ح م To show mercy). Day # 2,ش ه د ( knew), He,ي ع ل م,ع ل م ( loss), He got,ي خ س ر,خ س ر (,ع م ل ( ignorant), To be,ي ج ه ل,ج ه ل ( witness), He was,ي ش ه د worked). He,ي ع م ل Day # 3,غ ض ب ( praised), He,ي ح م د,ح م د ( drank), He,ي ش ر ب,ش ر ب ( To take an,ي ع ه د,ع ه د ( wrath/anger), To show,ي غ ض ب agreement), (,ل ب ث,ي ل ب ث He remained). Day # 4 embarked), He,ي ر ك ب,ر ك ب ( understood), He,ي ف ق ه,ف ق ه ( To,ي ح ب ط,ح ب ط ( thought/assumed), he,ي ح س ب,ح س ب ( became useless/vain), ( د,ن ف د,ي ن ف He was exhausted).

107 ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:30). The past tense verb form ع م ل و ا is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:79). The present tense verb form ي ع م ل و ن (They all work) is present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:88). The past tense verb root form ع م ل (He worked) is present in this verse. Particle of futurity, Future tense (Seq # 99) The present tense can be converted into future tense exclusively by preceding the verb with س or و ف.س This س is.(ح ر ف الا س ت ق ب ال ( futurity termed as particle of Example: opens) (He ي ف ت ح open) (He will س ي ف ت ح Just a small note that, س is not used in the questions for future purpose. Example: Where will you sit? ا ي ن ت ج ل س Quran (13:12:98) is an example verse that uses و ف.س Quran (4:3:181) is an example verse that uses س ن ك ت ب (We shall write) to represent futurity. : 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:87). The word س و ف is present in this verse. Importance of Vowel signs, Understanding ذهبت (Seq # 100)

108 Correct vowel signs on the Arabic letters of any Arabic word are very important to have the correct meaning. Consider the word.ذهبت Based on its vowel signs it can have the following four meanings. went. : It means She ذ ه ب ت 1) went. : It means You (masc.) ذ ه ب ت 2) went. : It means You (fem.) ذ ه ب ت 3) went. : It means I ذ ه ب ت 4) 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The verb ن س ي means He forgot. This verb comes under Baab م ع.س Read the verse Quran (15:18:24). This verse has ن س ي ت (You (masc.) forgot). Read the verse Quran (15:18:63). This verse has ن س ي ت (I forgot). Joining pronouns to the verbs (Seq # 101) م ف ع ول ب ه When a detached pronoun joins to a verb, it becomes (object on which action done). The following table provides two simple examples. Meaning Verb + object Detached Pronoun Verb We raised ب ع ث ن ا + ه م = ب ع ث ن اه م them He killed ق ت ل + ه و = ق ت ل ه him The attached pronouns in the above table ه, ه م are objects and objects are always in م ن ص و ب case.

109 ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:37). The letter ك in خ ل ق ك is م ف ع ول ب ه with meaning you.م ن ص و ب (masculine singular) and 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:99). The ending word ه م in ج م ع ن اه م is م ف ع ول ب ه with.م ن ص و ب meaning they all (masculine plural) and 3) State TRUE or FALSE: When a detached pronoun joins a verb, it becomes Jaar-Majroor. Protection noon (Seq ن # 102) In order not to disturb the verb structure protection ن will be added, when the detached pronoun ا ن ا joins the verb. Let us understand by translating the statement You created me by.خ ل ق using the verb خ ل ق ت + ا ن ا = خ ل ق ت ن ي Instead of خ ل ق ت ي it is.خ ل ق ت ن ي The added ن is called as.( ن و ن ال و ق اي ة ( ن protection 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The root verb ح ف ظ means he protected. The construction ح ف ظ ت ن ي means You protected me. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The construction ب ع ث ت ن ي means You raised me. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The construction ض ر ب ت ن ي means You hit me. Protection alif (Seq ا # 103) We know that the doer for the attached pronoun م ه in the verb structure is.و In order to mean this occurrence of و is the doer (,(ف اع ل protection ا will be attached to it. This is just like a spelling rule. Below are the few examples.

110 Examples (They raised). From these ب ع ث و ا opened), (They ف ت ح و ا examples it is understood that و is the doer and protection ا is the spelling rule to it. As opposite to this, a و representing the sign of م ر ف و ع is.ا is without protection alif و This.م س ل م ون present in 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the complete verse Quran (15:18:21). This verse does not have a verb غ ل ب و ا (along with protection alif و, ا representing the doer). Mafoulin bihi along with the doer ت م م (Seq # 104) The letter و should be placed when adding م ف ع ول ب ه to the verb structure with doer ت م in the past tense. See the below example. The underlined و is extra to be added. them). (You all helped ن ص ر ت م + ه م = ن ص ر ت م و ه م them). (You all hit ض ر ب ت م + ه م = ض ر ب ت م و ه م Verbal sentence cannot have two doers (Seq # 105) Consider an English sentence The men went. Men is the plural of man. In Arabic it is ال.ر ج It is not correct to say a verbal sentence ذ ه ب وا الر ج ا ل. This is because in the verb the م ر ف و ع is ال ر ج ا ل is present and then noun و first doer representing the second doer. In order to avoid such a confusing situation having two doers, singular form of the verb should be used in the above verbal statement. The correct verbal sentence will be ذ ه ب ال ر ج ا ل. Alternatively, we can also construct a nominal sentence as below. الر ج ال ذ ه ب و ا ذ ه ب و ا ) and ال م ب ت د ا ( subject is the ال ر ج ا ل In the above sentence is the complete verbal sentence acting as a predicate to the

111 subject ر ج ا ل.ال Just to understand more clearly, let us correct another verbal sentence as below. Example Those who believe said. ق ال و ا اذل ي ن ا من Incorrect verbal sentence is ق ال اذل ي ن ا من وا Correct verbal sentence is اذل ي ن ا من وا ق ال و ا Alternative Nominal sentence is وا 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:21). This verse has ق ال ا ذل ي ن غ ل ب و ا. The translation is Those who overtook/won said. Moods of the verb (Seq # 106) Verbs in the Arabic language are moody. The verb structure in the past tense is.م ب ن ي That means it does not change its form. But the verb structure in the present tense has three cases or moods. They are م ن ص و ب,م ر ف و ع and م ج ز وم (verb having sukoon in the end). By default all the verbs in present tense are.م ر ف و ع Example Consider the verb ي ج ع ل from 5 in pocket category in present tense. It is م ر ف و ع by the presence of dammah ( ( in the end. To convert it into م ن ص و ب mood, put the fatah in the م ج ز وم mood. To convert into م ن ص و ب is in ي ج ع ل end. Thus م ج ز وم is in ي ج ع ل mood, put the sukoon in the end. Thus mood. Consider the verb ي ج ع ل و ن from Guest Noon category in the present tense. It is م ر ف و ع by the presence of last.ن In order to make it م ن ص و ب or م ج ز و م we have to drop the end.ن So,. That is the reason we م ج ز و م or م ن ص و ب is either ي ج ع ل و ا name this category as Guest Noon. The Noon is as a Guest only in م ر ف و ع mood.

112 Consider the verbs ي ج ع ل ن and ت ج ع ل ن from Mabni category in the present tense. These verbs are.م ب ن ي These two verbs will not change their form. It is to note that Noon in the last is the doer. The below table shows few more examples for clear understanding (translations are near to approximate but not exact). م ج ز وم م ن ص و ب م ر ف و ع Meaning ي ن صر ي ن صر ي ن صر helping) He helps/(is ي ج م ع وا ي ج م ع وا ي ج م ع و ن They Collect They two raise ي ر ف ع ا ي ر ف ع ا ي ر ف ع ا ن They all (fem.) thank ي ش ك ر ن ي ش ك ر ن ي ش ك ر ن You (fem.) opens ت ف ت ح ي ن ت ف ت ح ي ت ف ت ح ي 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:1). The mood of the present tense of the root verb ( (ج ع ل is verse. in this م ج ز و م 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:49). The mood of the present tense of the root verb ( ل م (ظ is verse. in this م ر ف و ع 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:110). The mood of the present tense of the root verb ( (ع م ل is verse. in this م ج ز و م Imperative tense ( ا م ر ر (ف ع ل (Seq # 107) The imperative tense is used to give command/order or request to the front person (second person) like Sit!, Go!, Open! etc. The person who is giving the command is the first person. The verbs in this tense are in م ج ز و م mood. The following steps are used to construct the imperative tense.

113 Steps 1) Take the verb of second person in the present tense. Example: ت ف ت ح (You (masc.) open) 2) Remove the beginning ت sign of the present tense. ف ت ح Example: 3) Make the verb into م ج ز و م case by replacing dammah ف ت ح Example: with sukoon. 4) In the Arabic language it is not possible to read a word with the first letter having sukoon ( ( as a vowel sign. If this is the case then precede it with Hamza-tul-wasl, otherwise no need. This hamza will take Dammah ( ( if the second letter has Dammah, otherwise it always takes kathrah (.( Example: As in ف ت ح there is fatah ( ( on the second letter ت so hamzah will take kathrah (.( Thus the imperative tense will be.ا ف ت ح Its meaning is Open!. By using the above steps the following table shows the construction of imperative tense for the verb ف ت ح with respect to 6 personal pronouns. Adding ا at the beginning Making Majzoom either by placing or ن dropping Removing the beginning ت Actual verb in present tense Detache d pronou n ا ف ت ح ف ت ح ف ت ح ت ف ت ح ا ن ت ا ف ت ح ا ف ت ح ا ف ت ح ان ت ف ت ح ان ا ن ت م ا ا ف ت ح و ا ف ت ح و ا ف ت ح و ن ت ف ت ح و ن ا ن ت م ا ف ت ح ي ف ت ح ي ف ت ح ي ن ت ف ت ح ي ن ا ن ت ا ن ت م ا ت ف ت ح ان ف ت ح ان ف ت ح ا ا ف ت ح ا ا ن ت ن ت ف ت ح ن ف ت ح ن ف ت ح ن ا ف ت ح ن

114 ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:28). The imperative tense ا ص ب ر (be patient!) is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:45). The imperative tense ا ض ر ب (give example!) is present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:50). The imperative tense ا س ج د و ا (you all do prostration!) is present in this verse. Prohibitive (Seq لا # 108) Prohibitive لا is used when you give a command or order in م ض ار ع will make لا This.لا الن اه ي ة negation. It is termed as.م ج ز وم (present tense) into Example sit!). (Don t لا ت ج ل س Suppose in front of us many people are present. And we want to say Don t open. It should be said as below. لا ت ف ت ح و ا form م ر ف و ع from the ن by dropping م ج ز و م is ت ف ت ح و ا.ت ف ت ح و ن 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Suppose there are two security guards on the gate of cave. The translation of the statement Don t open the door of the cave to these security guards is لا. لا ت ف ت ح ا ب اب ال ك ه ف is the prohibitive لا and ت ف ت ح ا is م ج ز و م by dropping ن at the.ت ف ت ح ان end from its actual form 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The correct translation of the statement Don t oppress/ do unjustice to second person.لا ت ظ ل م masculine singular is 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The prohibitive لا will not make mood. م ج ز و م into م ض ار ع

115 Negative particle for past, present and future (Seq # 109).م ا The negative particle used for past tense is Example: Mohammed). ( I did not see م ا ن ظ ر ت م ح م د The negative particle used for present tense is.لا This لا is termed as الن اف ي ة.لا This لا does not change the mood of present tense. This لا is different than prohibitive لا in the sense that it is not an order, but just negating a fact. Example this). I) don t know لا ا ع ر ف ه ذ ا The negative particle used for future tense is ن.ل This particle.م ن ص و ب will make the verb Example ا ذ ه ب ال ى ال كه ف غ د ا tomorrow). (I will go to the cave س tomorrow). (I will not go to the cave ل ن ا ذ ه ب ال ى ال ك ه ف غ د ا It is to observe that the particle of futurity ( (س is omitted when used. is ل ن 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The negative particle used for the.لا past tense is 2) State TRUE or FALSE: لا الن اف ي ة does not change the mood of the present tense. It just negates the fact. It is not like an order in negation. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The negative particle for future tense is ل ن and this particle converts the present tense.م ن ص و ب into Negative particles ( ل م م and ل م ا ) (Seq # 110) It brings two changes.م ض ار ع is a negative particle used in ل م as below.

116 a) It converts the present tense into past tense.. م ج ز و م to م ر ف و ع b) It converts the verb from Example: make) (He did not ل م + ي ج ع ل = ل م ي ج ع ل oppress) (He did not ل م + ت ظ ل م = ل م ت ظ ل م But the.ل م is also a negative particle acts exactly like ل م ا meaning of ل م ا is Not yet. Example: enter) (He did not yet ل م ا + ي د خ ل = ل م ا ي د خ ل Quran (26:49:14) has the word ل م ا with meaning as Not yet. has another meaning as when, which we will discuss later ل م ا on. The particle ا ا ن ن and ع ل ي ل ل ( ل ت (لام ال (Seq # 111) The particle ا ن and ل can come before present tense verb. Both of them convert the verb into و ب.م ن ص The literal meaning of these particles are to, that, for. Example make) (that you ا ن + ت ج ع ل = ا ن ت ج ع ل go) (that I ا ن + ا ذ ه ب = ا ن ا ذ ه ب understanding) (to understand myself, for ل + ا ف ه م = ل ا ف ه م We will discuss this topic in more detail later on. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:12). as ن ع ل م is present in this verse making the verb لام ال ت ع ل ي ل.م ن ص و ب 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:94). The particle ا ن is present in this verse and made the.م ن ص و ب following verb

117 ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:109). The particle ا ن is present in this verse. Masdar د ر ر م ص (Seq # 112) Masdar is a verbal noun (a noun formed from the verb). It is the name (or noun) of the action. Masdar describes the action without time and without doer. It cannot act as the verb of a sentence. Consider the verb د خ ل (he entered). The name of this action can be expressed as To enter or Entering. ج ل س Consider another verb.د خ و ل is د خ ل Masdar for the verb (he sat). The name of this action can be expressed as To sit or Sitting. The masdar for the verb ج ل س is ج ل و س. Other similar examples can be To swim, Swimming, To learn, learning, To cook, cooking etc. Understand the below example. Example He went towards cave to enter. A possible translation with م ص د ر is as follows. ذ ه ب الى ال ك ه ف ل د خ و ل Masdar nouns come in different pattern, we will learn about,(ف ت ح,ف ت ح ( are these patterns as we go forward. Few of them etc. (ن ص ر,ن ص ر (,(س ج و د,س ج د (,(ع ب اد ة,ع ب د (,(ذ ه اب,ذ ه ب (,ص ب ر 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The masdars of the verbs These masdars are.س م ع and ج م ع,ص ب ر are س م ع,ج م ع available as verse endings in the verses Quran (15:18:67), م ن ص و ب Quran (16:18:99) and Quran (16:18:101) in the state. Masdar Muawwal د ر م و و ل ل ( م ص ) (Seq # 113) Masdar Muawwal is defined as per below equation.

118 ا ن + ف ع ل م ض ار ع م ن ص و ب = Muawwal Masdar We can replace the original Masdar with Masdar Muawwal. Let us understand it by the example present in the last topic. Example Below statement is with original Masdar. ذ ه ب ال ى ال ك ه ف ل د خ و ل After replacing the original Masdar the sentence will be as below. ذ ه ب ال ى ال ك ه ف ا ن ي د خ ل The above underlined part is د ر م و و ل.م ص The translation is He went towards the cave to enter. Below is a table for understanding other examples. Sentences with original د ر ر م ص The justice is good for you all. Sentences with ر م ص صد ل ل م و و To do justice is good for you all. ا ن ت ع د ل و ا خ ي ر ل ك م ال ع د ل خ ي ر ل ك م Special verb ل ي ي س س س س and م ا (م ا ال ح ج از ي ة ة ( (Seq # 114) The word ل ي س is a verb. It is a weak and jaamid verb. In the Arabic language it is termed as ف عل ن ا قص و جا م د. A verb is said to be Jaamid if it only has past tense. Jaamid verb does not have present and imperative tense. Jaamid verb is used in a nominal sentence. The meaning of the verb ل ي س is is/was not. The conjugation of ل ي س for 14 personal pronouns in the past, ل س ت م ا,ل س ت,ل س ن,ل ي ست ا,ل ي س ت,ل ي س و ا, ل ي سا, ل ي س tense is. ل س نا, ل س ت, ل س ت ن, ل س ت ما,ل س ت, ل س ت م As we know from ه ن the third letter (in this case (س will always get sukoon ( ( till the personal pronoun ن.نح If we put sukoon ( ( on س then two consecutive letters ي and س will

119 have sukoons. In the Arabic language occurrence of sukoons on two consecutive letters is not possible and one has to drop. As ي is a weak letter it will drop leading the word construction as.ل س This explanation is given in the below equation for the.ه ن personal pronoun = ل س ن ل ي س + ن = ل س + ن Example new). (The cave is ال ك ه ف ج د ي د After introducing ل ي س the following two cases are possible. new). (The cave is not ل ي س ال ك ه ف ب ج د ي د new). (The cave is not ل ي س ال ك ه ف ج د يد ا When the word ل ي س joins a nominal sentence it brings the following changes. a) The terminology of Mubtada changes to Noun of Laisa.ا س م ل ي س which is b) The terminology of Khabar changes to Predicate of. خ ب ر ل ي س Laisa which is c) It makes Predicate of Laisa ( خ ب ر ل ي س ) as و ب.م ن ص It is also observed that if the predicate is one word then it is taking the preposition.ب Under such case the predicate will be in م ج ر و ر state. There exist one م ا called as م ا ال ح ج از ي ة (the hijaazi ma).ل ي س This hijaazi ma is a sister of.ل ي س behaves exactly like See below for understanding. new). (The cave is not م ا ال ك ه ف ب ج د ي د new). (The cave is not م ا ال ك ه ف ج د يد ا م ن ص و ب is below. Here khabar is م ا Another example of.م ا because of this being). (This is not a human م ا هذا ب ش ر ا

120 Hope or fear by the verb ى ع س (Seq # 114A) Its meaning is hope or fear.ل ي س is a jaamid verb like ع س ى.ل ع ل similar to the meaning of particle The verb ع س ى can be used as an incomplete verb (incomplete in meaning) or a complete verb. If it is an incomplete verb then ع س ى needs ism and khabar. Khabar should always be masdar mu`awwal. Quran (11:9:102) is an example where الله is its ism and ا ن ي ت و ب is masdar mu`awwal khabar. Here it means as hope. If it is a complete verb then ع س ى is immediately followed by masdar mu`awwal as the ف اع ل of ى.ع س Quran (15:18:24) is.ع س ى is the khabar of ا ن ي ه د ي ن an example where Understanding relative pronouns again (Seq # 114B) We already know that ا ل ذ ي ن,اذل ي etc are relative pronouns which. These pronouns basically means as that.(ا س م م و ص و ل ( They provide some more information about someone like those who made, those who sat, those who entered etc..ص ل ة ال م و ص و ل This extra information is termed in arabic as This extra information can be a nominal statement or verbal statement or a phrase. One simple example is given below. Those who entered the cave are successful. The Arabic translation is ا ل ذ ي ن د خ ل و ا ال ك ه ف م ف ل ح و ن Grammatical analysis is as follows. Allazeena = ismu mausoolin marfoun wa huwa mubtada Underlined text = silatul mausooli and it is verbal statement Dakhalu = faelu maazin mabni and Waw is the faa`ailin Alkahfa = mafoolun bihi م ن ص و ب for the verb Dakhalu Muflihoon = single word khabar for mubtada allazeena

121 Similarly, In the verse Quran (15:18:30) the phrase Aa`manu wa a`milu ssalihaati is ص ل ة ال م و ص و ل for relative pronoun.ا ل ذ ي ن Grammatical analysis (GA) of few Quran verses (Seq # 114C) This section deals with some GA of few Quran verses as below. Quran (27:55:3) Khalakh`a = faelu maazin mabni, faa`lun mustatir م ن ص و ب alinsaan = mafoolun bihi Approximate translation: He created man. Quran (29:67:12) Inna=hurfu taukeedin wa nasbin Allazeena = ismu mausoolin م ن ص و ب wa huwa ismu inna Yaqshouna rabbahum bilghaibi = silatul mausooli and it is verbal statement (Let us analyze this verbal statement now.) Yaqshouna = faelu muzaari marfoun, waw is faailun Rabbahum = rabba is mafoolun bihi م ن ص و ب and it is muzaaf Hum = muzaaf ilaihi majroor Bilghaibi = jaar majroor (Let us go up level now for further analysis) Lahum maghfiratun wa ajrun kabeerun = khabaru inna and it is a nominal statement on its own (Let us go down level now for further analysis) Lahum = Jaar Majroor shibhu jumlah khabar muqaddim Maghfiratun = ism marfoun mubtada Wa = harfu atfin Ajrun = ism marfoun ma`atoofun ala maghfiratun Kabeerun = na`t for ajrun

122 Introduction to Weak verbs (Seq # 115) We have learnt that most of the Arabic verbs are of three letters (or radicals). As per the sample verb ف ع ل the first radical is,ف the second radical is ع and the third radical is.ل If any one of the these three radicals is و or ي then the verb is called as weak verb. In the Arabic language it is termed as The weak verb undergoes few changes in past, present.ال م ع ت ل ي or و and imperative tenses. If none of these three radicals is then the verb is called as sound verb. The next topic provides you few tips for understanding weak verbs and then we will be learning weak verbs then after. Tips for understanding Weak verbs (Seq # 116) The following are the few tips to understand Weak verbs. 1) In any verb form either in the past tense or present tense you cannot drop the doer. 2) In the case of mutaharrik pronouns as the third radical always take sukoon, this radical in these forms cannot be dropped, though they are weak. 3) Consecutive sukoons (Two sukoons together) cannot be possible. So under this situation, if one sukoon is present on weak letter then the weak letter should be dropped. 4) Kathrah followed by و is incompatible in the Arabic language. So kathrah should be changed to dammah. 5) Dammah cannot be followed by ي in the Arabic language. So Dammah should be changed to kathrah. ال م ث ال ل verbs (Seq # 117) If the first radical (ف) is و or ي then the verb is called as weak of fa ( الف اء.(ال م ع ت ل It is also called as.ال م ث ال In case of present

123 tense the weak letter و is lost as shown in the below table for the personal pronoun.ه و Practice them each day 5 verbs. to arrive و ص ل ي و ص ل ي ص ل a-i Meaning Actual Present tense after و dropping Day # 1 Present tense before change Root verb Group he stopped و ق ف ي و ق ف ي ق ف a-i he found he weighed to necessary a-i و ج د ي و ج د ي ج د a-i و ز ن ي و ز ن ي ز ن a-i و ج ب ي و ج ب ي ج ب Day # 2 to promise ي ع د ي و ع د و ع د a-i to enter ي ل ج ي و ل ج و ل ج a-i To advice ي ع ظ ي و ع ظ و ع ظ a-i To born ي ل د ي و ل د و ل د a-i To explain/describe ي ص ف ي و ص ف و ص ف a-i Day # 3 to place ي ض ع ي و ض ع و ض ع a-a to grant ي ه ب ي و ه ب و ه ب a-a To cover/encompas و س ع ي و س ع ي س ع i-a s

124 The construction of Imperative tense ( ا م ر (ف ع ل is shown below for the personal pronoun.ا ن ت There is no need of Hamza-tulwasl, as the majzoom form is not starting with a letter with.( ( sukoon Removing the beginning ت Actual verb in present tense Making Meaning Majzoom ت ج د ج د ج د! find Place! ت ض ع ض ع ض ع 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The 5 in pocket category for present tense, for the root verb و ع د (he promised) are.ن ع د,ا ع د,ت ع د,ت ع د,ي ع د ) ف ع ل ا م ر ( tense 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The Imperative و ق ف for the root verb ا ن ت form for the personal pronoun.ق ف (he stopped) is 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The present tense form for the personal pronoun ه م for the root verb و ع د (he promised).ي ع د و ن is الا ج و ف ف verbs (a-u group) (Seq # 118) We will discuss ajwaf verbs under the Baab Nasara (a-u group) in this topic. If the second radical (ع) is و or ي then the verb is.الا ج و ف It is also called as.(ال م ع ت ل الع ين ( ain called as weak of Ajwaf verbs are hollow verbs as the middle radical is weak. These verbs undergo many changes both in the past tense and in the present tense. Let us discuss one of the most important verb ق ال (he said). If we observe this verb then there is a sukoon over middle.ا Thus it is actually.ق ا ل This verb comes under Baab Nasara (a-u

125 group). The actual root of the verb is و ل.ق Now the question is how can we determine the middle letter? For that case, we have to observe the present tense form or the م ص د ر form of the verb. In the case of ق ال, the present tense is.ي ق و ل Thus the weak letter و appeared in the present tense. Let us try to conjugate this verb in the past tense. 1) For ه و the verb form is ق ال the doer is hidden..ق ال ا. Thus it is ق ال to the root ا just add the doer,ه م ا 2) For.ق ال و ا Thus it is.ق ال to the root و just add the doer ه م 3) For The ending ا is just a spelling rule. 4) For ه ي just add the ت of women to the root.ق ال This Doer is.ق ال ت of women is not the doer. Thus it is ت hidden. 5) For feminine ه م ا just add the doer ا to the verb form of.ق ال ت ا Thus it is.(ق ال ت ( ه ي 6) For ه ن the condition is that the third radical should get sukoon (.( So take the root form ق ال and adding sukoon In the Arabic language occurrence of.ق ا ل It becomes.( ( sukoons on two consecutive letters is not possible and one has to drop. As ا is weak dropping it. It will become.ق ل If the ajwaf verb is of a-u group then the first radical will take dammah( ( and if the ajwaf verb is a-i or i-a group then the first radical will take kathrah ( ( from ه ن till Now.ق ل is from a-u group, it becomes ق ال As.ن ح ن.ق ل ن Thus it is.ق ل to ن adding the doer.ق ل ت Thus it is.ق ل to ت just add the doer ا ن ت 7) For. ق ل ت م ا Thus it is.ق ل to ت م ا just add the doer ا ن ت م ا 8) For.ق ل ت م Thus it is.ق ل to ت م just add the doer ا ن ت م 9) For.ق ل ت Thus it is.ق ل to ت just add the doer ا ن ت 10) For 11) For feminine ا ن ت م ا just add the doer ت م ا to.ق ل Thus.ا ن ت م ا. It is same as masculine ق ل ت م ا it is.ق ل ت ن Thus it is.ق ل to ت ن just add the doer ا ن ت ن 12) For.ق ل ت Thus it is.ق ل to ت just add the doer ا ن ا 13) For.ق ل ن ا Thus it is.ق ل to ن ا just add the doer ن ح ن 14) For

126 As ق ا ل comes under Baba Nasara (a-u group), the present tense form should be ي ق و ل as ر.ي ن ص But as ق ال is a weak verb, it.ي ق و ل undergoes a change and becomes,ت ق و ل,ي ق و ل Thus the 5 in pocket present tense verbs are.ن ق و ل and ا ق و ل,ت ق و ل The Mabni group present tense verbs gets sukoon on the third radical ل and in the Arabic language occurrence of sukoons on two consecutive letters is not possible and one has to drop. So the weak letter و gets drop. This is explained below. ي ق و ل + ن = ي ق ل + ن = ل ن ي ق ت ق و ل + ن = ت ق ل + ن = ت ق ل ن,ي ق و لان The Guest Noon group present tense verbs are.ت ق و لان and ت ق و ل ي ن,ت ق و ل و ن,ت ق و لان,ت ق و لان,ي ق و ل و ن The construction of Imperative tense ( ا م ر (ف ع ل is shown below for the personal pronoun.ا ن ت There is no need of Hamza-tulwasl, as the majzoom form is not starting with a letter with sukoon (.( Because occurrence of sukoons on two consecutive letters is not possible the weak letter و gets drop and making it to ق ل as shown below in the table. Making Majzoom Removing the beginning ت Actual verb in present tense Meaning! Say ق و ل = ق ل ق و ل ت ق و ل Few sample verbs under الا ج و ف (a-u group) are given below in table as summary. Practice them 5 verbs per day. Meaning Present tense after change Present tense before change Root verb in past Actual root Group

127 Day # 1 He said ق و ل ق ال ي ق و ل ي ق و ل a-u Day # 2 He stood He fasted ص و م ص ام ي ص و م ي ص و م a-u a-u ق و م ق ا م ي ق و م ي ق و م He visited ز و ر ز ار ي ز و ر ي ز و ر a-u He was ك و ن ك ان ي ك و ن ي ك و ن a-u He tasted ذ و ق ذ اق ي ذ و ق ي ذ و ق a-u To go round ي ط و ف ي ط و ف ط اف ط و ف a-u To be successful ي ف و ز ي ف و ز ف از ف و ز a-u To be under protection ي ع و ذ ي ع و ذ ع اذ ع و ذ a-u

128 To turn د و ر د ار ي د و ر ي د و ر a-u To urinate ي ب و ل ي ب و ل ب ال ب و ل a-u Day # 3 To repent ت و ب ت اب ي ت و ب ي ت و ب a-u To be hungry ي ج و ع ي ج و ع ج اع ج و ع a-u To die م و ت م ات ي م و ت ي م و ت a-u 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The 5 in pocket category for,ي ق و م (he stood) are ق ام present tense, for the root verb.ن ق و م and ا ق و م,ت ق و م,ت ق و م (ف ع ل ا م ر ( tense 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The Imperative ك ان for the root verb ا ن ت form for the personal pronoun.ك ن (he was) is 3) State TRUE or FALSE: The present tense form for the personal pronoun ه م for the root verb ص ام (he fasted) is.ي ص و م و ن

129 الا ج و ف ف verbs (a-i i group) (Seq # 119) In this topic let us discuss الا ج و ف verbs under a-i group (Baab If the ajwaf verb is from a-i or i-a group then the first.(ض ر ب.ن ح ن till ه ن in past tense from ( ( kathrah radical will take Let us discuss the verb ج اء (he came, to come). The actual root letters of this verb are ي ء.ج The middle letter ي is present in.ي ج ي ي tense, the present,جاء ا,ج اء are ج اء The 14 past verbal forms for the root verb,ج ي ت م ا,ج ي ت,ج ي ت م,ج ي ت م ا,ج ي ت,ج ي ن,ج اي ت ا,ج اي ت,ج اي و ا.ج ي ن ا and ج ي ت,ج ي ت ن As ج اء comes under Baab ض ر ب (a-i group), the present tense form should be ي ج ي ي as ر ب.ي ض But as ج اء is a weak verb, it.ي ج ي ء undergoes a change and becomes,ت ج ي ء,ي ج ي ء Thus the 5 in pocket present tense verbs are.ن ج ي ء and ا ج ي ء,ت ج ي ء The Mabni group present tense verbs gets sukoon on the third radical ء and in the Arabic language occurrence of sukoons on two consecutive letters is not possible and one has to drop. So the weak letter ي gets drop. This is explained below. ي ج ي ء + ن = ي ج ي + ن = ي ج ي ن ت ج ي ء + ن = ت ج ي + ن = ت ج ي ن,ي ج ي ي و ن,ي ج ي ي ان The Guest noon present tense verbs are.ت ج ي ي ان and ت ج ي ي ي ن,ت ج ي ي و ن,ت ج ي ي ان,ت ج ي ي ان The construction of Imperative tense ( ع ل ا م ر (ف is shown below for the personal pronoun.ا ن ت There is no need of Hamza-tulwasl, as the majzoom form is not starting with a letter with sukoon (.( Because occurrence of sukoons on two consecutive letters is not possible, the weak letter ي gets drop and making it to ج ي as shown below in the table.

130 Meaning Come! Removing Actual the verb in Making beginning present Majzoom ت tense ج ي ء = ج ي ج ي ء ت ج ي ء to sell ب ي ع ب اع ي ب ي ع ي ب ي ع a-i To walk س ي ر س ار ي س ي ر ي س ي ر a-i To live ع ي ش ع اش ي ع ي ش ي ع ي ش a-i To increase ي ز ي د ي ز ي د ز اد ز ي د a-i Few sample verbs under الا ج و ف (a-i group) are given below in table as summary. Meaning Present tense after change Present tense before change Day # 1 Root verb in past Actual root To come ج ي ء ج اء ي ج ي ء ي ج ي ء a-i Group Day # 2 To be hidden, absent ي غ ي ب ي غ ي ب غ اب غ ي ب a-i To plot ك ي د ك اد ي ك ي د ي ك ي د a-i To measure ي ك ي ل ي ك ي ل ك ال ك ي ل a-i

131 State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:48). The phrase ج ي ت م + ن ح ن = ج ي ت م و ن ا (You came to us) is present in this verse. الا ج و ف ف verbs (i-a group) (Seq # 120) Let us discuss the verb ن ام (he slept) under this category. This group falls under Baab س م ع (i-a group). The actual root letters of this verb are و م.ن The middle letter و is present in the.ن و م form م ص د ر As ن ام comes under Baab س م ع (i-a group), the present tense form should be ي ن و م as م ع.ي س But as ن ام is a weak verb, it.ي ن ا م undergoes a big change and becomes,ت ن ام,ت ن ام,ي ن ام Thus the 5 in pocket present tense verbs are.ن ن ام and ا ن ام The Mabni group present tense verbs gets sukoon on the third radical م and in the Arabic language occurrence of sukoons on two consecutive letters is not possible and one has to drop. So the second radical gets drop. This is explained below. ي ن ام + ن = ي ن ا م + ن = ي ن م ن ت ن ام + ن = ت ن ا م + ن = ت ن م ن,ي ن ام ان The Guest Noon group present tense verbs are.ت ن ام ان,ت ن ام ي ن, ت ن ام و ن,ت ن ام ان,ت ن ام ان, ي ن ام و ن The construction of Imperative tense ( ا م ر (ف ع ل is shown below for the personal pronoun.ا ن ت There is no need of Hamza-tulwasl, as the majzoom form is not starting with a letter with sukoon (.( Because occurrence of sukoons on two consecutive letters is not possible the second radical (or letter) gets drop and making it to ن م as shown below in the table.

132 Meaning Making Majzoom Removing the beginning ت Actual verb in present tense ت ن ام ن ام ن ا م = ن م! Sleep Few sample verbs under الا ج و ف (i-a group) are given below in table as summary. Practice them 5 verbs per day. Meaning Present tense after change Present tense before change Root verb in past Actual root To sleep ن و م ن ام ي ن و م ي ن ام i-a To reach ن و ل ن ال ي ن و ل ي ن ال i-a To fear خ و ف خ اف ي خ و ف ي خ اف i-a Group To be about to do ي ك اد ي ك و د ك اد ك و د i-a To cease to do ي ز ال ي ز و ل ز ال ز و ل i-a ال ن اق ص ص verbs (past tense) (Seq # 121) These verbs need careful attention for understanding them. If the third radical (ل) is either و or ي then such a verb is called as ال م ع ت ل الا م. It is also called as.ال ن اق ص Verbs in this category undergo many changes both in past and present ال ن اق ص tenses. In this topic we will study the past tense of verbs.

133 In the pronunciation the letters و or ي are changed to the.ى is written as ي and ا is written as و The letter.ا sound of.(ب ك ي (originally ب ك ى,(د ع و (originally د ع ا Examples are The letter ي if present in third radical position will not change.ن س ي if the second radical in the verb has kathrah. Example is Let us try to conjugate the verb د ع ا (he invited, he prayed) in the past tense..د ع ا the verb form is ه و 1) For 2) For,ه م ا the third radical و appears and after that the doer.د ع و ا will be added. Thus it is ا 3) For,ه م the third radical و will be dropped. Originally it is.د ع و ا Finally it is.د ع و و ا 4) For ه ي just add the ت of women to the root.د ع ا After,( ( sukoons Because of two consecutive.د ع ا ت adding it is.د ع ت gets drop. Finally it is ا the 5) For feminine ه م ا just add the doer ا to the verb form of.د ع ت ا Thus it is.(د ع ت ( ه ي 6) For mutaharrik pronouns the third radical should have sukoon (.( To do this, the third radical و appears. So the initial part will be.د ع و Thus the conjugation for all,د ع و ت,د ع و ن is ن ح ن to ه ن mutaharrik pronouns from.د ع و ن ا and د ع و ت, د ع و ت ن,د ع و ت م ا,د ع و ت,د ع و ت م,د ع و ت م ا Thus the 14 past tense verb forms for the verb د ع ا (a-u group),د ع و ت م,د ع و ت م ا,د ع و ت,د ع و ن,د ع ت ا,د ع ت,د ع و ا,د ع و ا,د ع ا are.د ع و ن ا and د ع و ت,د ع و ت ن,د ع و ت م ا,د ع و ت In the same way 14 past tense verb forms can be constructed for the verbs ش ك ا (to complain, a-u group), ت لا (to recite, a-u group), م ح ا (to erase, a-u group), ع ف ا (to forgive, a-u group), (to hope, a-u group). The reader is ر ج ا group), (to test, a-u ب لا recommended to practice all of the above by writing them. Now comes the turn of ب ك ى (he cried, a-i group). The actual root is ك ي.ب It is pronounced as Bakaa. The 14 past tense verb forms for the verb ب ك ى are ب ك و ا,ب ك ي ا,ب ك ى (the third

134 ,ب ك ي ت,ب ك ي ن,ب ك ت ا,ب ك ت here), got dropped ي radical.ب ك ي ن ا and ب ك ي ت,ب ك ي ت ن, ب ك ي ت م ا,ب ك ي ت,ب ك ي ت م,ب ك ي ت م ا In the same way 14 past tense verb forms can be constructed for the verbs ك و ى (to do iron/press, a-i group), م ش ى (to walk, a-i group), ر م ى (to throw, a-i group), س ق ى (to give water, a-i ب نى group), (to come, a-i ا ت ى group), (to run, a-i ج ر ى group), (to build, a-i group), ط و ى (to fold, a-i group) and ه د ى (to guide, a-i group). Now comes the turn of ن س ي (he forgot, i-a group). Here because the kathrah is present on the second radical, the weak letter ي is appearing. In the Arabic language the vowel sign kathrah is not compatible with immediately next letter.و To solve, this kathrah will be converted to dammah. Let us understand it by constructing the verb form for the personal pronoun.ه م We know that the doer for ه م is.و See the below equation now. ن س ي + و = ن س + و = ن س + و = ن س و ا In the above equation the third radical ي gets dropped leading و where kathrah is followed by ن س + و to the combination which is incompatible. This kathrah will become dammah and the resulting structure is و ا.ن س Once we understand this, the,ن س ي ا,ن س ي are ن س ي 14 past tense verb forms for the verb,ن س ي ت,ن س ي ت م,ن س ي ت م ا,ن س ي ت,ن س ي ن,ن س ي ت ا,ن س ي ت,ن س و ا.ن س ي ن ا and ن س ي ت,ن س ي ت ن,ن س ي ت م ا Similar exercise can be done for the verbs خ ش ي (to fear, i-a group), ب ق ي (to remain, i-a group) and ل ق ي (to meet, i-a group). 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:57). The verb ن س ي is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:63). The verb ن س ي ت is present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:74). The verb ل ق ي ا (They two met) is present in this verse.

135 ال ن اق ص ص verbs (present tense) (Seq # 122) In this topic we will study the present tense of ال ن اق ص verbs. The five in pocket group loses the last dammah ( ( for all below. verbs in the present tense as shown ال ن اق ص The 5 in pocket present tense verbs for the root verb د ع ا are.(ي د ع و (instead of ن د ع و and ا د ع و,ت د ع و, ت د ع و,ي د ع و The 5 in pocket present tense verbs for the root verb ب ك ى are.(ي ب ك ي (instead of ن ب ك ي and ا ب ك ي,ت ب ك ي,ت ب ك ي,ي ب ك ي ن س ي The 5 in pocket present tense verbs for the root verb.(ي ن س ي (instead of ن ن س ى and ا ن س ى,ت ن س ى,ت ن س ى,ي ن س ى are Let us now learn the Mabni group. In this group the third radical will get sukoon. So just adding the doer ن is sufficient. The following equations are helpful in understanding this group..(ي ب ك ي to ن adding the doer ه ن (For ي ب ك ي + ن = ي ب ك ي ن.(ت ب ك ي to ن adding ا ن ت ن (For ت ب ك ي + ن = ت ب ك ي ن.(ي ن س ى to ن adding the doer ه ن (For ي ن س ى + ن = ي ن س ي ن.(ت ن س ى to ن adding ا ن ت ن (For ت ن س ى + ن = ت ن س ي ن.(ي د ع و to ن adding the doer ه ن (For ي د ع و + ن = ي د ع و ن.( ت د ع و to ن adding ا ن ت ن (For ت د ع و + ن = ت د ع و ن Let us now learn Guest Noon group. (ه م ا (For third person masculine ي د ع و + ا ن = ي د ع و ان lost). is و The third radical,ه م (For ي د ع و + و ن = ي د ع و ن (ه م ا (For third person feminine ت د ع و + ا ن = ت د ع و ان (ا ن ت م ا (For second person masculine ت د ع و + ا ن = ت د ع و ان lost). is و The third radical,ا ن ت م (For ت د ع و + و ن = ت د ع و ن is و The third radical,ا ن ت (For ت د ع و + ي ن = ت د ع + ي ن = ت د ع ي ن lost and the dammah of ع changed to kathrah as the dammah cannot be followed by ي in the Arabic language). (ا ن ت م ا (For second person feminine ت د ع و + ا ن = ت د ع و ان

136 Reader is recommended to construct Guest noon group verb.ن س ي and ب ك ى structures for the other two verbs 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:14). The verb form ن د ع و in م ن ص و ب mood is present in this verb. The verb is in م ن ص و ب mood because ل ن is present before the verb. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:28). The verb form ي د ع و ن is present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:83). The verb form ا ت ل و (I recite) is present in this verse. Thus.ن ت ل و,ا ت ل و,ت ت ل و,ت ت ل و,ي ت ل و 5 in pocket verbs are ال ن اق ص ص verbs (Imperative( tense) (Seq # 123) table shows three examples for the personal noun.ا ن ت The reader is recommended to construct imperative tense for all the topics. verbs discussed in the earlier ال ن اق ص Adding ا at the beginning Making Majzoom by dropping the third radical Removing the beginning ت Actual verb in present tense ا د ع د ع د ع و ت د ع و ا ب ك ب ك ب ك ي ت ب ك ي ت ن س ى ن س ى ن س ا ن س Let us learn imperative tense for ال ن اق ص verbs in this section. These verbs loses the third radical in م ج ز و م mood. The below AlMuzaafu ( ع ف ف (ال م ض ) verbs (Seq # 124)

137 In this category of verbs the second and third radical are same. These verbs go some changes both in the past and present tenses. Let us learn them first by considering a-u group. Consider the verb ن.ظ Actually it is ن ن.ظ The meaning of this verb is He thought. In the past tense the second radical loses its vowel sign and gets sukoon for saakin pronouns and retains its vowel sign for mutaharrik pronouns. See below ظ ن ن = ظ ن ن = ظ ن Now let us learn all its forms.ظ ن the verb form is ه و 1) For.ظ ن ا the verb form is,ه م ا 2) For.ظ ن و ا it is,ه م (3 For 4) For ه ي just add the ت of women to the root ن.ظ After.ظ ن ت adding it is 5) For feminine ه م ا just add the doer ا to the verb form of.ظ ن ت ا Thus it is.(ظ ن ت ( ه ي 6) For mutaharrik pronouns the second radical retains its vowel sign. As usual the third radical should get sukoon Thus the conjugation.ظ ن ن So the initial part will be.( ( ظ ن ن + ن is ن ح ن to ه ن for all mutaharrik pronouns from,ظ ن ن ت ن,ظ ن ن ت م ا,ظ ن ن ت,ظ ن ن ت م,ظ ن ن ت م ا,ظ ن ن ت, = ظ ن ن. ظ ن ن + ن ا = ظ ن ن ا and ظ ن ن ت In the present tense also the second radical loses its vowel sign for saakin pronouns and retains its vowel sign for mutaharrik pronouns. The dammah of second radical gets shifted to the first radical as shown below. ي ظ ن ن = ي ظ ن ن = ي ظ ن The 5 in pocket present tense verbs for the root verb ظ ن are.ن ظ ن and ا ظ ن,ت ظ ن,ت ظ ن,ي ظ ن.ت ظ ن ن and ي ظ ن ن + ن = ي ظ ن ن The Mabni group verbs are

138 ,ت ظ ن ان,ي ظ ن و ن,ي ظ ن ان The Guest noon group verbs are.ت ظ ن ان and ت ظ ن ي ن,ت ظ ن و ن,ت ظ ن ان think! = = ت ظ ن ) ت ظ ن ن ( ظ ن ن ظ ن ن ظ ن ظ ن The construction of Imperative tense ( ا م ر (ف ع ل is shown below for the personal pronoun.ا ن ت There is no need of Hamza-tulwasl, as the majzoom form is not starting with a letter with sukoon (.( After making majzoom the sukoons will appear on two consecutive noons ( ن ن.(ظ The letter ن is not a weak letter, thus cannot be dropped. So the last ن will take fatah and the final form will become as ظ ن ن leading to ن.ظ All these is explained in the below table. Meaning Making Majzoom Removing the beginning ت Actual verb in present tense Similar exercise can be done for the verbs below. They are organized 5 verbs daily. Day # 1 م ر group), (to drag/pull, a-u ج ر group), (to do hajj, a-u ح ج (to pass, a-u group), ع د (to count, a-u group), س ب (to abuse, a-u group). Day # 2 (to س د group), (to pour, a-u ص ب group), (to reply, a-u ر د block, a-u group), ب ث (to spread, a-u group), د ع (to repulse/push, a-u group). Day # 3 group). (He narrated/told, a-u ق ص group), (to urge, a-u ح ض

139 Consider a verb ش م (he smelled) in i-a group. It s construction is as below. = ش م م ش م م = ش م The second radical will retain its vowel sign from.ه ن Thus the م س Another verb in i-a group is.ش م م ن is ه ن verb form for (he touched). Likewise exercise can be done for the below verbs from a-i group. The below verbs are in the format (root verb, present tense for,ه و meaning). to,ي ت م,ت م ( perish), to,ي ت ب,ت ب ( astray), to go,ي ض ل,ض ل ( finish/complete), (,ح ق,ي ح ق to be truth), (,خ ف,ي خ ف to be,ع ز ( and to slip),ي ز ل,ز ل ( disrespected), to be,ي ذ ل,ذ ل ( light), respect). to get,ي ع ز 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:35). The verb form ا ظ ن is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:36). The verb form ا ظ ن is present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:53). The verb form ظ ن و ا is present in this verse. Classification of verbs (Seq # 125) This topic is just to understand the architecture of verbs classification. Don t worry about this topic, just understand as much as possible. The classification of the verbs is as follows. 1) Saalim verbs ( ال م (الس These verbs do not have,ا,و or ي as one of its letters and second and third letters are not the same. Example: س م ع,ض ر ب,ن ص ر,ف ت ح etc. 2) Mahmooz verbs ( ز (ال م ه م و These verbs have ا as one of its letters. Example: ق ر ا,س ا ل,ا ك ل etc.

140 ) Muza`af verbs ( ع ف (ال م ض These verbs have second and third letters same. Example: ح ج,ظ ن etc. 4) Misaal verbs ( (ال م ث ال These verbs have و or ي as the first letter. Example: و ز ن,و ج د etc. 5) Ajwaf verbs ( (الا ج و ف These verbs have و or ي as the second letter. Example: ق ال (Actually س ار,(ق و ل (Actually etc. (س ي ر 6) Naaqis verbs ( (ال ن اق ص These verbs have و or ي as the third letter. Example: د ع ا (Actually ن س ي,(د ع و etc. 7) Lafeef ( (ال ف ي ف These verbs have و or ي as more than one letter. These verbs are of two kinds. و These verbs have (ال ف ي ف ال م ق ر و ن ( Maqroon a. Lafeef.ك و ي Example: as second and third letter. ي or و These verbs have (ال ف ي ف ال م ف ر و ق ( Mafrooq b. Lafeef.و ع ي,و ق ي Example: as first and third letter. ي or Laam of command (or request) for third and first person (Seq # 126) In one of the last topics we have learned ف ع ل ا م ر which is used to give command (or request) to second person. In order to give command (or request) to third or first person لام الا م ر is used. This Laam changes the م ض ار ع into the م ج ز وم case. The example is given below. Examples read) (Let him read or he should ل ي ق ر ا read) (Let us read or we should ل ن ق ر ا This Laam takes kathrah (.( But it loses this kathrah if it.ث م and ف,و like ح ر ف ع ط ف comes after Examples write) (We should sit and ل ن ج ل س و ل ي ك ت ب

141 ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:19). The construction ف ل ي ن ظ ر with لام الا م ر is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:29). The construction ف ل ي ك ف ر with لام الا م ر is present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:110). The construction ف ل ي ع م ل with لام الا م ر is present in this verse. Special verb ر ا ى (Seq # 127) The main root letters of this verb are ا ي.ر But the third letter is not read in the root form. Because of this reason fatah is ي not written on.ي This verb comes under the category of a-a group and as we see it is a ال ن اق ص verb. Let us try to conjugate this verb in the past tense..رى ا the verb form is ه و 1) For 2) For,ه م ا the third radical ي appears and after that the.ر ا ي ا will be added. Thus it is ا doer 3) For,ه م the third radical ي will be dropped. Originally it is.ر ا و ا Finally it is.ر ا ي و ا 4) For ه ي just add the ت of women to the root.ر ا ى After,( ( sukoons Because of two consecutive.ر ا ي ت adding it is.ر ا ت gets drop. Finally it is ي the 5) For feminine ه م ا just add the doer ا to the verb form of.ر ا ت ا Thus it is.(ر ا ت ( ه ي 6) For mutaharrik pronouns the third radical should have sukoon (.( For this to do, the third radical ي will appear. So the initial part will be.ر ا ي Thus the conjugation for all,ر ا ي ت, ر ا ي ن is ن ح ن to ه ن mutaharrik pronouns from.ر ا ي ن ا and ر ا ي ت,ر ا ي ت ن, ر ا ي ت م ا,ر ا ي ت,ر ا ي ت م,ر ا ي ت م ا ال ن اق ص But as it is.ي ر ا ى In the present tense originally it is verb it loses its dammah (meaning it is hidden). So it became

142 ي ر ى 10 times then you will end up saying ي ر ا ى Now say.ي ر ا ى Such a change happened because this verb is frequently used..ن ر ى and ا رى,ت ر ى,ت ر ى,ي ر ى The five in pocket group is now.ت ر ي ن and ي ر ي ن The Mabni group is,ي ر ي ان The Guest Noon group is.ت ر ي ان and ت ر ي ن,ت ر و ن,ت ر ي ان,ت ر ي ان,ي ر و ن When you make this verb majzoom the third radical is lost. Example: ل م ت ر (you did not see) The ف ع ل ا مر for this verb is not used, instead ا ن ظ ر is used. The specialty of this verb is that it has two meanings: a) to see, b) to think, to consider or judge. The first meaning is called as ر ا ى and the second meaning is called as ر اى ال ب ص ر ي ة The.م ف ع و ل ب ه The first meaning needs only one.ال ق ل ب ي ة example is below. ب ر اه ي م Ibrahim). (I saw ر ا ي ت ا The second meaning needs two م ف ع و ل ب ه which are mubtada and khabar. Quran verses Quran (29:70:6) and Quran (29:70:7) are examples to observe and understand. Special verb ا ت ى (Seq # 128) The root letters of this verb are ت ي.ا But the third letter ي is not read in the root form. This verb comes under the category of a-i group. Its meaning is He brought. Based on our previous experience, the 14 verbs form in the past,ا ت ي ت,ا ت ي ت م,ا ت ي ت م ا,ا ت ي ت,ا ت ي ن,ا ت ت ا,ا ت ت,ا ت و ا,ا ت ي ا,ا ت ى tense is.ا ت ي ن ا and ا ت ي ت,ا ت ي ت ن,ا ت ي ت م ا,ت ا ت ي,ي ا ت ي In the present tense the five in pocket group is (ي ا ت ي The ending dammah is lost (actually.ن ا ت ي and ا ت ي,ت ا ت ي In Mabni group, the third letter will get sukoon so the construction will be as below.

143 ي ا ت ي + ن = ي ا ت ي ن ت ا ت ي + ن = ت ا ت ي ن The Guest Noon group construction goes as follows. dual) (For masculine third person ي ا ت ي + ا ن = ي ا ت ي ان (For masculine third person plural, The third ي ا ت ي + و ن = ي ا ت و ن radical is lost and kathrah of ت got changed to dammah) dual) (For feminine third person ت ا ت ي + ا ن = ت ا ت ي ان dual) (For masculine second person ت ا ت ي + ا ن = ت ا ت ي ان (For masculine second person plural, The ت ا ت ي + و ن = ت ا ت و ن third radical is lost and kathrah of ت got changed to dammah) (For feminine second person singular, The ت ا ت ي + ي ن = ت ا ت ي ن third radical is lost) dual) (For feminine second person ت ا ت ي + ا ن = ت ا ت ي ان If two hamzahs meet together, the first having vowel sign and second having sukoon then vowel of the first hamzah gets extra length as shown below. اا = اي,ا ا = ا,ا ا = ا و This information will help us to understand the imperative tense of this verb as below. Removing the beginning ت Actual verb in present tense Detache d pronou n Making Adding ا at the Majzoom by beginning ي dropping ا ا ت = ا ي ت ا ت ا ت ي ت ا ت ي ا ن ت After understanding this let us understand how the imperative tense behaves when some letter like و or ف comes before it. Once they come before it the first Hamza will be not be read as it is hamzatulwasl. If it is not read (will be dropped) then the

144 second Hamza (first radical of the root verb) will come back and looks like below. + ا ي ت = و + ا ا ت = و ا ت Doer ( م ال ف اع ل ل (اس (Seq # 129) و In simple terms, one who does an action is a doer. In the English language this doer is termed as Active participle. The person who works is a worker, someone who worships is a worshipper, someone who protects is a protector. The pattern of doer in the Arabic language is.ف اع ل This pattern is derived from the specimen verb ف ع ل (he did). Thus ع ام ل is worker, ع اب د is worshipper and ح اف ظ is protector. Sound masculine plurals from above singulars can be obtained as shown in the below table. ع اب د ي ن ع اب د ي ن ع اب د و ن ع اب د 2 م ج ر و ر م ن ص و ب م ر ف و ع S.noSingular ع ام ل ي ن ع ام ل ي ن ع ام ل و ن ع ام ل 1 ح اف ظ ي ن ح اف ظ ي ن ح اف ظ و ن ح اف ظ 3 The above doers are masculine. To make them feminine add ع اب د ة worker), (female ع ام ل ة them, to (ة) marbootah ta (female worshipper) and ح اف ظ ة (female protector). Sound feminine plurals from above singulars can be obtained م ن ص و ب as shown in the below table. Remember again that and م ج ر و ر for sound feminine plurals end with two kathrah without al and with one kathrah with al. S.no Singular م ر ف و ع ع ع م ن ص و ب ب و ر ر م ج ر ع ام لا ت ع ام لا ت ع ام لا ت ع ام ل ة 1 ع اب د ات ع اب د ات ع اب د ا ت ع اب د ة 2 ح اف ظ ات ح اف ظ ات ح اف ظ ات ح اف ظ ة 3

145 ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:6). The doer ب اخ ع (one who kills) is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:18). The doer ب اس ط (one who stretches) is present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:35). The doer ظ ال م (one who oppresses/wrongs/unjust) is present in this verse. Noun for the object on which the action done on (Seq # 130) In the English language the object on which the action done on is termed as Passive participle. In the Arabic language the pattern of this noun is م ف ع و ل which is derived from the specimen verb ف ع ل (he did). Note that, this noun can only be derived from the transitive verbs. If the verb is intransitive like from it. See the م ف ع و ل ب ه then we cannot derive the ذ ه ب below examples. Main Verb Passive Participle Meaning One who has been created. م خ ل و ق خ ل ق opened. One that got م ف ت و ح ف ت ح worshipped. One that got م ع ب و د ع ب د Noun of place and time (Seq # 131) Noun of place and time appears in two patterns either م ف ع ل or. Below are the conditions م ف ع ل م ف ع ل Conditions of pattern

146 a) If the verb is Naaqis and irrespective of vowel signs on the second letter. Example: ل ه ا ي ل ه و م ل ه ى (place of entertainment). b) If the second letter of Non-Naaqis verb having fatah or ش ر ب ي ش ر ب Example: dammah in the present tense. (kitchen). ط ب خ ي ط ب خ م ط ب خ place), (drinking م ش ر ب م ف ع ل Conditions of form a) If the verb is Mithaal and irrespective of vowel signs on the second letter. Example: و ق ف ي ق ف م و ق ف (place to park), و ض ع ي ض ع م و ض ع (place), و ع د ي ع د م و ع د (time of appointment/promise). b) If the verb is Non-Mithaal, Non-Naaqis and has kathrah ج ل س ي ج ل س م ج ل س Example: in the present tense. (Sitting room/place), ن ز ل ي ن ز ل م ن ز ل (place of getting down). For both the forms ta marboutah (ة) may be added. Example: (school). م د ر س ة (position), م ن ز ل ة There are few exceptions: م س ج د (place of prostration) from (rising place of م ش ر ق,(م ف ع ل (It should be on pattern ي س ج د م غ ر ب,(م ف ع ل (It should be on pattern ي ش ر ق the sun) from (setting place of sun) from ي غ ر ب (It should be on pattern (It should ي ط ل ع (rising place of the sun) from م ط ل ع,(م ف ع ل.(م ف ع ل on pattern 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:59). The noun of time م ه ل ك (time of destruction) in the phrase ل م ه ل ك ه م (for their time of destruction) is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:60) and Quran (15:18:61). The noun of place م ج م ع (place of meeting) is present in these two verses. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verses Quran (16:18:86) and Quran (16:18:90). The noun of places م غ ر ب (setting

147 place of the sun) and م ط ل ع (rising place of the sun) are present in these two verses. Noun for instrument nt (Seq # 132) In the Arabic language its terminology is م الا ل ة.ا س These nouns are the name of nouns of instruments where action is denoted by the root verb. One such example is,م ف ت اح which is an.ف ت ح instrument for opening denoted by the verb This noun comes in the following three patterns. (a.م ف ع ال Example ر ( م ن ش ار,م ف ت اح,ن ش he sawed, an instrument to saw), م و ز ا ن but converted to م ي زان as kathrah cannot be followed by و the kathrah of م got elongated ( ز ن,و he weighed, an instrument to weight) etc. b).م ف ع ل Example ع د ( م ص ع د,ص he ascend, a lift). c).م ف ع ل ة Example ( م ك ن س ة,ك ن س he swept, a broom), because arabic phonetic م ك و اة but converted to م ك و ي ة system converted the sound waya to waa,ك و ي) he ironed, an iron), م ق ل ي ة but converted to م ق لاة because arabic phonetic system converted the sound laya to laa,ق ل ي) he fried) etc. Revisiting iting the Nominal sentence structure (Seq # 133) A nominal sentence is a sentence that starts with a) A noun or pronoun..م ح م د ط ال ب.ه ذا ك ت ا ب Example: b) Masdar Muawwal. Example: ا ن ت ع د ل و ا خ ي ر ل ك م (Translation: To do justice is, ر ف ع is in the position of ا ن ت ع د ل و ا good for you. Here (م ر ف و ع which is nothing but c) Particles that resembles like verb. For example ا ن and its sisters etc.

148 Interrogative Nouns (Seq # 134) Interrogative nouns like م ن (Who), م ا (what) and ك م (How many) can appear in nominal sentences. These interrogative nouns are indefinite. We have to find out whether they are Mubtada or predicate. If we answer the interrogative sentence then we will come to know. Examples (? doctor (Who is م ن ط ب ي ب An answer to the above question can be ط ب ي ب.م ح م د Its translation is Mohammed is a doctor. So the م ن in the above sentence is mubtada and ط ب ي ب is khabar. That is khabar already exist in the sentence.?) name (What is your م ا ا س م ك An answer to the above question can be ا س م ي م ح م د. Its translation is My name is mohammed. So the م ا in the above interrogative sentence is khabar, because somebody is looking for the khabar. This concept will be understood by time and practice, no need to worry. Mubtada can be indefinite (Seq # 135) Mubtada in most of the cases is definite. Mubtada may be indefinite in the following cases. a) If the khabar is ش ب ه ج م ل ة and khabar comes first. Examples cave) (There is a man in the ف ي ال ك ه ف ر ج ل wall) (There is a treasure under the ت ح ت ال ج د ار ك ن ز car) (We have a ع ن د ن ا س ي ار ة b) If the Mubtada is an interrogative noun like م ن (Who), (How many). These interrogative nouns ك م (what) and م ا are indefinite. Examples?) sick (Who is م ن م ر ي ض

149 (How many persons are there in the ك م ر ج ل ف ي ال ك ه ف cave). Order of Mubtada and Khabar (Seq # 136) In the nominal statement originally Mubtada comes first and Khabar comes after Mubtada. But it is allowed/optional to reverse this order. Example (Their cave is big). Here Khabar came first. This ك ب ي ر ك ه ف ه م is still allowed but not frequent. Khabar should precede Mubtada if a) It is an interrogative noun. Example?). name (What is your م ا ا س م ك b) If it is ش ب ه ج م ل ة and the mubtada is indefinite. Example fruit). (For him a ل ه ث م ر Revisiting the Verbal sentence structure (Seq # 137) A verbal sentence is a sentence that starts with a a) A complete verb. A complete verb is a verb conveying the complete message. Example ج ل س (he sat), ض ر ب (He hit) etc. b) An incomplete verb. An imcomplete verb is a verb that does not convey the complete message. Example ك ان (He was) etc. As this verb is incomplete in meaning, the sentence needs a ا س م and خ ب ر to complete the message ك ان م ح م د ط ب ي ب Example: from the sentence. (Mohammed was a doctor). Adverbs In detail (Seq # 138)

150 The adverb ( ر ف (الظ is a noun that describes the time or place of an action. Adverb is also called as ف ي ه.م ف ع و ل The adverb is always و ب.م ن ص Few examples of adverb of time are below. لى ال ك ه ف ل ي ل night). (I went to the cave in the ذ ه ب ت ا prayer). I) slept after ن م ت ب ع د الص لاة Few examples of adverb of place are below. ship). I) sat above the ج ل س ت ف و ق الس ف ي ن ة wall). (I slept in front of the ن م ت ا م ام ال ج د ار ا م س (where), ا ي ن Examples are.م ب ن ي Few adverbs are م تى (here) and ه ن ا (never), ق ط (wherever), ح ي ث (yesterday), (when). While describing these adverbs in grammatical ف ي ( nasbin sentence analysis we should say In the place of below. Example is.م ن ص و ب That means they are.(م ح ل ن ص ب yesterday). I) went to the cave ذ ه ب ت ا لى ال ك ه ف ا م س In the above statement the adverb ا م س is in the place of nasbin.(ف ي م ح ل ن ص ب ( Words acting like an Adverb (Seq # 139) A word can act like an adverb though it is not representing time or place. This word will take nasb-ending. The following words will act like an adverb a) Words like ر ب ع,ن ص ف,ب ع ض,ك ل acts like adverb if their muzaaf ilaihi is actually denoting time or place. Examples day). (I slept the whole ن م ت ك ل ال ن ه ار (I remained in the cave part of ب ق ي ت ف ي ال ك ه ف ب ع ض ي و م the day). b) The adjective of zarf after the zarf itself has been omitted. Examples I) sat for a long ج ل س ت و ق ت ا ط و ي لا for ج ل س ت ط و ي لا time). Here ط و ي لا is acting like a zarf where the actual zarf و ق ت ا got omitted. c) A demonstrative pronoun if the badal is the actual zarf.

151 Examples day). I) went to the cave this ذ ه ب ت الى ال ك ه ف ه ذا ال ي و م Here ه ذا is in the place of nasb because acting like an adverb. d) Numbers representing the place or time words. Examples I) remained in the cave for م ك ث ت ف ي ال ك ه ف خ م س ة ا ي ا م 5 days). Here the word خ م س ة is acting like a zarf and has taken nasb ending. Words ق ب ق ب ل ل and ب ع د د (Seq # 140) Mohammed was doctor before that. م ح م د ط ب ي ب م ن ق ب ل ذل ك Now dropping ذل ك will lead the below. (م ب ن ي is ق ب ل (Here م ح م د ط ب ي ب م ن ق ب ل I did not see mohammed after that. م ا ر ا ي ت م ح م د ا م ن ب ع د ك ذل Now dropping ذل ك will lead the below. ) م ب ن ي is ب ع د (Here م ا ر ا ي ت م ح م د ا م ن ب ع د Usage of verb ك ان ن in Nominal sentence (Seq # 141) These words are adverbs. The noun after these words is muzaaf ilaihi. If the muzaaf ilaihi is dropped then these words behave like م ب ن ي and ends with dammah. If muzaaf ilaihi is present then these words decline as normal. Example The word ك ان is a verb. It is used in a nominal sentence. The meaning of the verb ك ان in past is he was. But it is also used to specify eternal concepts (always). So, it can be he/it was, he/it is and he/it will be. When the word ك ان joins a nominal sentence it brings the following changes.

152 a) The terminology of Mubtada will change to Noun of.ا س م ك ا ن Kaana which is b) The terminology of Khabar will change to Predicate of. خ ب ر ك ا ن Kaana which is c) It will make the Predicate of Kaana ( خ ب ر ك ا ن ) as only if the predicate is single/one word. If the م ن ص و ب predicate is prepositional phrase then there is no change. Example new). (The cave is ا ل ك ه ف ج د ي د After introducing ك ان the following thing will happen. new). (The cave was ك ان ال ك ه ف ج د يد Prepositional phrase example is cave). (Mohammed is in the م ح م د في ال ك ه ف After introducing ك ان no change will happen as below. cave). (Mohammed was in the ك ان م ح م د في ال ك ه ف 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the last part of the verse Quran (16:18:98). The approximate translation is the خ ب ر ك ا ن and و ع د is ا س م ك ا ن true. promise of my lord is.(م ن ص و ب ( ح ق ا is Sister of ك ان ن ( ي ز ال (Seq # (لا لا لا لا 142) One of the sister of ك ان is ي ز ال.لا It means he is still. It is based on the verb.ز ال It exactly behaves like ك ان grammatically as explained in the below example. Example Mohammed is still in the cave. لا ي ز ال م ح م د ف ي ال ك ه ف As for as, ا م م اااا ا (Seq # 143)

153 This word is used when discussing about two or more items. It s literal translation in the English language is As for as... Suppose, somebody asked a question as below For whom the ship is and for whom the wall is? An answer to this question can be ا م ا الس ف ي ن ة ف ك ان ت ل م س اكي ن و ا م ا ال ج د ار ف ك ان ل غ لا م ي ن (As for the ship, it was for poor people and as for the.ي ت ي م ي ن wall it was for two orphan boys/childs)..ف should take ا م ا after خ ب ر It is to note that Taking oath by ( (Seq # (و و و و 144) The letter و is also used for taking oath. In that case و acts like a preposition and makes the following noun as ر و ر.م ج Thus if a noun is coming as م ج ر و ر after و then it is being understood that someone is taking oath. Examples By the dawn. و ال ف ج ر By the fig, and the olive. و الت ي ن و الز ي ت و ن Circumstances ( ح ال ل (ال (Seq # 145) Yet another usage of و is to describe the circumstances under which an action takes place. This و is used to connect a subordinate nominal sentence (describing circumstance) to another main sentence (main action). Example I entered the cave while mohammed was sitting. د خ ل ت ال ك ه ف و م ح م د ي ج ل س It is to note that if the خ ب ر of the subordinate nominal sentence is a verb then it should be in present tense.

154 م It is possible that a verbal sentence can also come after circumstances.و Under this situation the word ق د should be inserted as shown in the below equation. و + ق د + ال ج م ل ة ال ف ع ل ي ة Quran (28:60:1) and Quran (16:20:125) are examples using.و verbal sentence after Five Nouns ( س م اء ال خ م س ة ة (الا (Seq # 146) In the Arabic language there are five special nouns. These nouns are ا ب (father), ا خ (brother), ح م (husband s brother or father), ف م (mouth) and ذ و (possessor of). The specialty of these nouns is that, their endings are not normal when they are,و ending -م ر ف و ع is their م ض اف When they come as.م ض اف Another specialty.ي ending -م ج ر is و ر and ا ending -م ن ص is و ب of ف م is that, it behaves as explained above only when م is omitted otherwise it behaves normal ( ف م,ف م and.(ف See the below table. Examples ا ا ب ب ا ا خ خ ح م م ف م م ذ و و ذ و ف و ح م و ا خ و ا ب و م ر ف و ع ذ ا ف ا ح م ا ا خ ا ا ب ا م ن ص و ب ذ ي ف ي ح م ي ا خ ي ا ب ي م ج ر و ر This is for the father of Ibrahim. ذا ل ا ب ي ه اب ر اه ي م I listened to the brother of Mohammed. س م ع ت ا خ ا م ح م د Father of Ibrahim went. اب ر اه ي م ا ب و ذ ه ب

155 ي ) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:82). م ضا ف (father of those two) which is ا ب و ه م ا The phrase verse. is present in this م ضا ف ال ي ه 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:83). The word ذ ي is present in this verse as muzaaf and it is it. before ع ن because of preposition م ج ر و ر 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:86). The word ذ ا is present in this verse as muzaaf and it is it. before (ي ا) because of harfu-nida م ن ص و ب Plural of ا ب ن ن (Seq # 147) Plural ا ب ن اء ب ن و ن م ر ف و ع ا ب ن اء ا ب ن ي ن م ن ص و ب ا ب ن اء ب ن ي ن م ج ر و ر Duals and sound masculine plurals when becomes Muzaaf (Seq # 148) The ending ن of duals and sound masculine plurals gets dropped when they become Muzaaf. Examples There are two plurals of ا ب ن (son). One is sound masculine plural and the second one is broken plural as shown in the below table. Case Sound masculine Broken Plural Meaning ف ا م م م م ض ض ض ض ل ي ي ي ه ه ه ا ف ا م م م م ض ض ض ض Example Droppin g the ن Plural/ Dual

156 Teachers of Bilal Two books of mohammed My two hands My two books م د ر س و ن ك ت اب ان ك ت اب ا ي د ان ي د ا ك ت اب ان ك ت اب ا م د ر س و م د ر س و ب لال ك ت اب ا م ح م د ي د ا + ي = ي د ا + ي = ي د اي ك ت اب ا + ي = ك ت اب ا + ي = ك ت اب اي with sukoon comes ي or ا (Ya-Mutakallim) gets Fatah if an ي before it. So my two hands and my two books gets the form.ك ت اب ا ي and ي د اي Assume that you have to say Oh my two teachers. Because of harfu-nida (ي ا) before muzaaf, the muzaaf will become steps. The below is the construction.م ن ص و ب + ي = ي ا م د ر س ي + = + + = + ي ا + ي ا ي م د ر س ي ن ي ا ي م د ر س ي م د ر س ي Word for Both لا لا) ( (ك ك (Seq # ).ك ل ت ا is both. The feminine is ك لا The meaning of the word These words always come as م ضا ف and م ضا ف ال ي ه is always dual. Example: ك لا ال ق ل م ي ن (Both the pens), ك ل ت ا ال ج ن ت ي ن (Both the gardens). Other rules related to these words are given below. Example ك ل ت ا ال ج ن ت ي ن ج م ي ل ة Rule Translation is Both the gardens are beautiful. These words are treated as singular words. Thus predicate should also be singular.

157 ا ع ر ف ك لا ال ك ه ف ي ن ي ه م ا ر ا ي ت ك ل Translation is I know both the caves. If Muzaaf ilaihi is a direct noun then there will be no change in ك لا and كل تا in mansoob and majroor cases. In the example, ك لا remain unchanged and it is in mansoob case because the verb I know is a transitive verb. Translation is I saw both of them. If Muzaaf ilaihi is an attached pronoun then these words decline like dual (kila, kiley, kiley and kilta, kiltey, kiltey). 3) State TRUE or FALSE: In the phrase ر ا ي ت ك ل ي ه م ا the verb. is a transitive ر ا ي ت because م ن ص و ب is acting as ك ل ي Word for another (Seq # ).(ا خ ر و ن (plural is ا خ ر The Arabic word that means another is The feminine form is ا خ ر ى (plural is.(ا خ ر The masculine and feminine forms ( ا خ ر and (ا خ ر ى are diptotes. Hope or fear ( (ل ع ل ع ل ل (Seq # 151) 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:33). The phrase ك ل ت ا ال ج ن ت ي ن (both the gardens) is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: The translation of the English ذ ه ب ت ك ل ت ا statement I went to both the ships is.ال س ف ي ن ت ي ن We have learnt that ل ع ل means either hope or fear. Its meaning depends on the context. If the context is conveying a positive message then it means hope (called as ل ت ر ج ي.(ا If the context is conveying a negative message then it means fear.(الا ش ف اق (called as Examples

158 ال ت ر ج ي (Hope he is good). Here it is ل ع ل ه ب خ ي ر ش ف اق (I am afraid, he is sick). Here it is ل ع ل ه م ر ي ض.الا 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:6) and try to read its English translation. Here the context of ش ف اق is ل ع ل the verse means fear. So the usage of here. الا Extra min ( اي د ة ة (م ن الز ز (Seq # 152) This م ن is used to emphasize the meaning of the sentence. This م ن will not change the function of the noun coming after it, though it converts it to م ج ر و ر. Using extra min needs some condition to fulfill which are as follows. 1) The sentence should have negation or prohibition or.(ه ل interrogation (only with particle 2) The noun after extra min should be always indefinite. Examples.(م ا ف ع ل ت م ن ش ي ء ( anything. Negation: I did not do.(لا ت ك ت ب م ن ش ي ء ( anything. Prohibition: Don t write ه ل (? update Interrogation: Is there something new? or any.(م ن ج د ي د If there is no need to emphasize then the example of negation above will be ف ع ل ت ش ي ء.م ا Here ش ي ء is mafoolun-bihi will not change the function of م ن Thus introducing.م ن ص و ب.م ن the noun coming after Taukeed ( (الت و ك ي الت و ك ي د د (Seq # 153),ك ل ه م Taukeed is a noun to emphasize another noun (example The.ال م و ك د The noun being emphasized is called as.(ن ف س ه.ال م و ك د depends on الت و ك ي د declension of Examples cave). I) saw all the people of ن ظ ر ت ا ص ح اب ال ك ه ف ك ل ه م himself). I) greeted mohammed س ل م ت ع لى م ح م د ن ف س ه

159 In the above examples the word ك ل is م ن ص و ب because it is following ا ص ح اب and the word ن ف س is م ج ر و ر because it is following.م ح م د The verb س ل م means to greet. Manqoos Noun ( ال م ن ق و ص ص (ال م ن ق و (Seq # 154) Manqoos noun is a noun that ends with original.ي This ي is called as ي اء لاز م ة in the Arabic language. The letter before this etc. ال ق اض ي, ال م اض ي, ال و اد ي Example: will have a kathrah. ي This ending ي will be dropped when making these nouns indefinite and the letter before it will take tanveen. Example:.(و اد ي,م اض ي,ق اض ي (Originally ق اض, م اض, و اد The ending ي will retain in manqoos nouns in the following three cases. ال ق اض ي Example: a) If the noun has the definite article. b) If the noun is Muzaaf. Example: و اد ي م ك ة (Valley of Makkah)..ال ق اض ي,ق اض ي Example:.م ن ص و ب (c If the noun is The declension of this noun is explained below for both definite and indefinite example. Definite example by saying It has hidden dammah م ر ف و ع is described as ال ق اض ي. ي on ending by saying It has visible fatah م ن ص و ب is described as ال ق اض ي. ي on ending by saying It has hidden kathrah م ج ر و ر is described as ال ق اض ي. ي on ending Indefinite example by saying It has hidden dammah م ر ف و ع is described as ق اض. ي on the dropped by saying It has visible fatah on م ن ص و ب is described as ق اض ي. ي the visible

160 by saying It has hidden kathrah م ج ر و ر is described as ق اض. ي on the dropped Refer to the verse Quran (22:33:46) where د اع ي ا came in state. م ن ص و ب Understanding ف اع ل ل for Naaqis verbs (Seq # 155) This is right place to understand the ف اع ل form for Naaqis د verbs. These nouns are Manqoos nouns. Let us take the verb But as kathrah is not.د اع و form will be ف اع ل Now the.ع و compatible with,و the و becomes ي and the noun looks like Other verbs with their.د اع Then it becomes.د اع ي ف اع ل verb, forms are given below (root ف اع ل corresponding form). (خ اش,خ ش ي (,(س اق,س ق ى),(ع اف,ع ف ا),(ش اك,ش ك ا),(ت ال,ت لا ( etc. Jazam for Demand (Seq # 156) If the present tense is preceded with amr or negative amr with then present tense will get a Jazam. Amr or negative amr is a لا demand ( ل ب.(ال ط The present tense getting Jazam is called as. ج و اب ال ط ل ب Example Visit the cave, you will find mohammed. ز ر ال ك ه ف ت ج د م ح م د ا 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:16). The present tense verb ي ن ش ر got the jazam because it is preceded by the amr statement ف ا و ا ا لى ال كه ف ( then seek refuge in the Cave ). Thus this present tense verb ي ن ش ر is. ج و اب ال ط ل ب

161 Introduction to conditional sentences (Seq # 157) The basic structure of conditional sentence is as shown below. Conditional sentence = condition ( ر ط (الش + answer to the ) ج و اب ال ش ر ط ( condition Conditional sentences are frequently present in Quran. Few of the subsequent topics covers the details of conditional sentences. Particle of Unfulfilled condition ( (ل ل و و (Seq # 158) This particle is used to express unfulfilled condition in past. As the condition did not happen in the past, something else did.ل not happen. The Jawaab sentence will take Example (Had you opened the door, you ل و ف ت ح ت ال ب ا ب ل ر ا ي ت ن ي would have seen me). This particle does not make the verb in jawaab as ز و م.م ج If the jawaab sentence is negative, then ل of jawaab sentence will be dropped. Example If I knew this, I would not have helped him. ع ل م ت ل و هذ ا م ا ن ص ر ت ه 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:77). The particle ل و along with ل in the jawaab sentence is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (16:18:109). The particle ل و along with ل in the jawaab sentence is present in this verse.

162 ) State TRUE or FALSE: If the Jawaab sentence is negative then ل of jawaab sentence will be dropped. Another adverb ذ ا ا (Seq # ) ذ ا The word is an adverb with conditional meaning. It s ا meaning is when in future. Mostly it is used with past tense but meaning will be in future. Occasionally present tense is also being used. Example If you see mohammed in the cave, ask him. ذ ا ا ر ا ي ت م ح م د ا ف ي ال ك ه ف ف اس ا ل ه The first part in the above statement is underlined. Note that in the above example the second part ( ج و اب ال ش ر ط ) takes the letter.ف Quran (2:2:186), Quran (2:2:198) and Quran (2:2:200) are some other examples. Another important point is ذ that, the word is used for past tense. We will learn about this ا in the future topics. The word ن ا ن and its sisters (Seq # 160) ن Another important word representing condition (shart) is It.ا converts both the verbs present in condition and answer to the.م ج ز و م condition as Example ن ت ن ص ر ا ن ص ر ا If you help, I help. ن ن has below sisters which exactly acts like ا ا who) (he م ن 1) Example م ن ي ق ر ا ه ي ف ه م ه (Who reads it, understands it.). Another example is the last part of the verse Quran (28:60:1). which) (that م ا 2)

163 Example refer to Quran (2:2:197) and Quran (4:3:115). (whenever) م ت ى 3) Example م ت ى ت ر ا ر (Whenever you see, I see) (wherever) ا ي ن 4) Example ا ي ن ت ج ل س ا ج ل س (Wherever you sit, I sit) often for emphasis. Refer to Quran ا ي ن is added to م ا (1:2:115). (whichever) ا ي 5) Example ا ي ك ت اب ن ج د ه ن ا خ ذ ه (Whichever book we find, we will take it) (whatever) م ه م ا ) 6 Example م ه م ا ت ق ل ن ص د ق ك (Whatever you say, we believe you) Verbs may come as maadi or muzarray in both shart and jawab. If the verb is maadi then it will not change because it is.م ج ز و م mabni. Only muzarray verb changes to Circumstances when Jawab (answer to condition) takes ف (Seq # 161) Read and sing the following statement. ا س م ي ة و ط ل ب ي ة و ب ج ام د و ب م ا و ل ن و ب ق د و الت ن ف ي س The ج واب ال ش ر ط will take ف in the following cases 1) If it is a nominal sentence ( ال ج م ل ة ال ا س م ي ة ) (Example: Last part of the verse Quran (4:3:94)). 2) If it is a ل ب ي ة.ط This includes imperative tense, prohibitive and question لا ل ي س 3) If it is a jaamid verb like م ا 4) If it is 5) If it is ل ن (Example: Quran (4:3:115) and Quran (4:3:144)). 6) If it is ق د (Example: Last part of Quran (28:60:1)). س و ف or س It is future tense having.الت ن ف ي س 7) If it is

164 In all the above cases ف will come in ج واب ال ش ر ط and the verb present in ج واب ال ش ر ط will not be و م.م ج ز Arabic grammatical description in such a case is to say the whole. (ف ي م ح ل ال ج ز م ( jazm is in the place of ج واب ال ش ر ط 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the complete verse Quran (16:18:87). The conditional word م ن is present in this verse and as ج واب ال ش ر ط has س و ف the word ف is also present. When ل م ا) (ل م ا ( ) (Seq # 162) 1.ل م ا We learned in one of the earlier topic about the word There it s meaning was not yet. Another meaning of ل م ا is when. This ل م ا is called as ال ح ي ن ي ة.ل م ا The verb after it and its jawab should be Maadi. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verses Quran (15:18:59), ل م ا Quran (15:18:61) and Quran (15:18:62). The word (when) is present in these verses. A word about ي ي ك ك ك ك,ا و ا و ل ل ل ل ك ك ك ك ت ت and ل ك ك ك ك (Seq # ذ ذ ذ ذ 163) The ك in the above given words can be replaced optionally by to whom it is being addressed. Refer to the ك ن and ك م ا,ك م,ك Quran verses: Quran (1:2:49), Quran (1:2:54), Quran (5:4:91) and Quran (8:7:22). A word about ل ك ن ن (Seq # 164) ل ك ن and the meaning of ا ن is the sister of ل ك ن We know that is but. The word ل ك ن (without tashdeed) is the lighter form م ن ص و ب does not make the subject ل ك ن The word.ل ك ن of and ل ك ن can also appear in the verbal sentences. For examples refer to Quran verses: Quran (1:2:13), Quran (6:4:162) and Quran (6:5:6).

165 A word about ا ن م ا (Seq # 165) Masdar Mu`awwal (II) (Seq # 167) ن م ا The meaning of the word ن is only. It is ا م ا This.م ا plus ا ن prevents م ا This.(م ا (preventive م ا ال ك اف ة is called as from ا ن م ا.م ن ص و ب making the coming/following noun as can also ا come in verbal sentences. For examples refer to Quran verses: Quran (7:5:90), Quran (7:5:91) and Quran (8:6:156). 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the complete verse Quran ن م ا (16:18:110). The word verse. is not present in this ا Even if ( (و ل و و (Seq # 166) Even if is the translation of the Arabic phrase ل و. و The verb after و ل و is madi but meaning will be in present tense. Refer to Quran verse: Quran (16:18:109).. ف ع ل م ض ار ع م ن ص و ب + ا ن We know that masdar Mu`awwal is There is another type of Masdar Mu`awwal which is constructed as ا ن and its ism and khabar. Example is a masdar Mu`awwal present in the verse ا ن ل ه م ا ج ر ا ح سن ا Quran (15:18:2). ا ج ر ا is the ism of ا ن and ل ه م is the advanced.ا ن khabar of 1) State TRUE or FALSE: There are two masdar Mu`awwal (II) present in the verse Quran (15:18:21). But for/because of ( لا لا (ل و (Seq # 168)

166 This is a single word and its meaning is but for/because of. In a broader sense it means If not. One can derive meanings of this particle based on the context. This particle is called as This word signifies that something failed.ح ر ف ا م ت ن اع ل و ج و د to happen because of another. To understand this particle we should see the second thing first. The second thing failed because of first thing. After ل و لا a noun comes and it is.م و ج و د is always omitted and is ل و لا mubtada. The khabar of The second sentence is called as ج و اب ل و لا and is always verbal sentence. If this verbal sentence is affirmative then this verbal sentence takes ل and if this verbal sentence is negative then it.ل does not take Consider a statement And if Allah did not check one set of people by means of another, the earth would indeed be full of mischief. The second statement failed to happen because of the cause of first statement. This example is from the verse Quran (2:2:251). Negative Laam for entire genus (لا) ( (Seq # ) In the arabic language there exist a لا which negates the entire genus. This لا is called as الن اف ي ة ل ل ج ن س.لا The definition of the word genus in English is like a race, or family or kind etc. Let us take two examples as below. Book: Note book, text book, dairy etc are kind of objects which can be named as book or comes under the category of book. Pen: Ball pen, ink pen, sketch pen, pencil etc are the kind of objects which can be named as pen or comes under the category of pen. لا الن اف ي ة ل ل ج ن س takes ism and khabar. The property of لا This makes its ism as mabni with single fatah ending. Its ism and khabar should be indefinite. Now If I say لا ك ت اب ع ن د ي means لا ق ل م ع ن د ي I don t have any kind of book, whatsoever. If I say means I don t have any kind of pen, whatsoever. Sometimes it s khabar is dropped or hidden.

167 Refer to Quran verses: Quran (1:2:2), Quran (2:2:197) and Quran (3:2:256) for more examples. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read carefully the verse Quran (15:18:39). The لا in the phrase لا ق و ة is negative Laam for entire genus. Intensive form for م ال ف اع ل ل ا س (Seq # 170) There are 5 patterns of intensive form for the doer in the Arabic language. These patterns convey the message of ص ي غ م ب ال غ ة continuity of action. These patterns are called as form). (patterns representing intensity in the doer اس م ال ف اع ل Those are as below with examples in the format (Normal doer form, Intensive form, meaning) ف ع ا ل (a much) One who forgives,غ ف ار,غ اف ر ( much) One who provides,ر ز اق,راز ق ( successful) One who is most,ف و از,ف اي ز ( ف ع ي ل (b much) One who knows,ع ل ي م,ع ال م ( much) One who listens,س م ي ع,س ام ع ( ف ع و ل (c ف ع ل (d much) One who forgives,غ ف و ر,غ اف ر ( much) One who thanks,ش ك و ر,ش اك ر ( cautious) One who is very,ح ذ ر,ح اذ ر ( م ف ع ال (e much) One who gives,م ع ط اء,ع اط ي ( Usage of preposition ف ي ي with the verb د خ ل ل (Seq # 171)

168 While entering into physical place like mosque or house we should not use the preposition.ف ي But while entering into a conceptual/logical place like religion, people etc then we.ف ي should use the preposition Examples with ف ي are the verses Quran (30:110:4) and Quran (27:49:14). Example for both the cases are the verses Quran (30:89:29) and Quran (30:89:30). Meaning of surprise by ا ذ ا (Seq # 172).ا ذ ا ال ف ج اي ي ة It is called as.ا ذ ا Surprise is being expressed by Two things about this ا ذ ا is a) ف is usually prefixed. b) the mubtada occurring after this ا ذ ا of surprise may be indefinite. Quran (9:7:107), Quran (9:7:108) and Quran (16:20:20) use the surprise. of ا ذ ا Two objects for ن ن ظ (Seq # 173) The verb ظ ن takes two objects which are mubtada and khabar. Example is below. near) (the examination is الا م ت ح ان ق ر ي ب ا ظ ن الا م ت ح ان ق ر ي ب ا The verb ظ ن may be followed by ا ن or ا ن as present in Quran (24:41:22) and Quran (15:18:35). A word about the verb ج ع ل ل (Seq # 174) This verb has four meanings

169 a) To cause something to be or to become something. In this case it needs two objects. Refer to the verse Quran (1:2:22). b) To think, to consider or to deem something. In this case also it needs two objects. c) To make or to create. In this case it only needs one object. d) To begin. In this case it needs ism and khabar. Example is. Translation is Haamid began ج ع ل ح ام د ي ض ر ب ن ي beating me. Partitive م ن ن (Seq # 175) ك ل If you are offering someone to eat whole thing then say. If you are offering only to eat part of something then use هذ ا (1:2:3) Quran In the verse.ك ل م ن هذ ا as in the statement م ن signifying the part of the م ن is partitive م ن ) the م ن + م ا ( م م ا م ن provisioning. In the verse Quran (1:2:8) the Arabic text mankind. means some people from the whole الن اس Revisiting the badal concept (differentiating ( pronoun) (Seq # 176).ه ذ ا ال ك ت ا ب This is the book is.ه ذ ا ك ت ا ب This is a book is But the listener may understand the second statement as This book and waiting for the khabar (information about it). To avoid such confusion or ambiguity it is needed to insert an appropriate pronoun between mubtada and khabar. This.(ض م ي ر ال ف ص ل ( pronoun pronoun is called as differentiating.ه ذا ه و ال ك ت ا ب So the second statement will become as This also happens when the mubtada is a proper noun and khabar is an adjective or a noun with al. Example is below..ح ام د ال ط ب ي ب The above statement may mean Hamid the doctor or Hamid is the doctor. In order to avoid such confusion we have to insert differentiating pronoun if we mean Hamid is the doctor as below.

170 ح ام د ه و ال ط ب ي ب The use of differentiating pronoun is not mandatory. If there is no confusion then it can be ignored. Quran (1:2:5), Quran (2:2:157) and Quran (27:57:12) are few examples with differentiating pronouns. Quran (7:5:119), Quran (28:64:9) are few examples without differentiating pronouns. Separate/detached and attached pronouns (Seq # 177) We have already learnt that pronouns are of two types: separate/detached or attached. Let us discuss these types once م ج ر و ر and م ن ص و ب,م ر ف و ع again to have understanding of cases under them. Separate/Detached pronouns a) م ر ف و ع case The م ر ف و ع case of separate pronouns appear as an atomic word: ا ن ا,ه م ا,ه و etc. (b م ن ص و ب case This form has never been introduced before. If we need to have separate pronouns under م ن ص و ب case then these ي ا have to be composed with the word ي اه Example:.ا,ا ي اه م ا ي اه م,ا case should be م ن ص و ب etc. However this ا used under some conditions which will be discussed in the next topic. (c م ج ر و ر case This form does not exist. Attached pronouns a) م ر ف و ع case The م ر ف و ع case of attached pronouns appear as doer of the verb which is always.م ر ف و ع Example: The letter ا in ت case. The letter م ر ف و ع is an attached pronoun in ذ ه ب ا in ذ ه ب ت is an attached pronoun in م ر ف و ع case.

171 (b م ن ص و ب case The م ن ص و ب case of attached pronouns appear as mafoulun bihi or when joined with ا ن and its sisters. Example: The ه م in the words س ا ل ه م and ان ه م is an attached pronoun in م ن ص و ب case. (c م ج ر و ر case The م ج ر و ر case of attached pronouns appear when joined م ن ه م in the word ه م with any preposition. Example: The is an attached pronoun in م ج ر و ر case. Usage of separate pronouns ( م ن ص و ب ب case) (Seq # 178) In the following four conditions the usage of separate pronouns possible. case) is م ن ص و ب ( 1) If the pronoun is م ف ع و ل ب ه and is preceded before the verb. For example instead of ن ع ب د ك (We worship you) we can say اي اك ن ع ب د It is to you that we worship as present in Quran (1:1:5). Other examples are Quran (2:2:172), Quran (11:10:28) etc. 2) Suppose we say I saw you and him. Here we can say ا ي اه ي خ ر ج و ن Phrase.ر ا ي ت ك و ه We cannot say.ر ا ي ت ك و ا ي اك م is an example from the verse Quran ال ر س و ل و (28:60:1). 3) If it occurs after.الا Quran verse Quran (15:17:67) is an example. 4) There are some verbs which needs two ف ع و ل ب ه.م Under م ف ع و ل ب ه such condition you cannot join these two together to the verb. For example if we say I gave it to him then we cannot say ي ت ه ه ا.ا ع ط This is not correct. Under such circumstance we should say ي ت ه ا ي اه ا.ا ع ط If we observe the above case then both م ف ع و ل ب ه are of third person. But if one م ف ع و ل ب ه is in third person and second is in second person then we can use both م ف ع و ل ب ه ا ع ط ي ت ك or ا ع ط ي ت ك ه attached or detached pronoun as recommended. But usage of detached pronouns is.ا ي اه

172 ) If it is م ف ع و ل ب ه for the masdar of the verb. Example is Its translation is We are waiting.ن ن ت ظ ر ز ي ار ة ال م د ي ر اي ان ا ل ب ه is اي ان ا for the manager s visit to us. Here for م ف ع و.ز ي ار ة the masdar Introduction to mazeed ( (ال م ز ي ال م ز ي د د ) verbs (Seq # ) We have learned the verbs with three letters. These verbs are.(ال ف ع ل الث لا ث ي) called as triliteral verbs There are few verbs which consist of four letters like for example ت ر ج م (he translated), ب س م ل (he said bismillah). Verbs ال ف ع ل ( verbs containing 4 letters are called as four letter few. Four letter verbs are very.(ال ر ب اع ي Broadly, a verb is classified as mujarrad ( (ال م ج ر د or mazeed and original ن ص ر,ف ت ح Original three letter verbs like.(ال م ز ي د ( four letter verbs like ز ل ز ل,ت ر ج م comes under mujarrad. Under mujarrad category no extra letters are added to change the meaning of the verb. In mazeed verbs one or more letters are added to the base three or four letters to change the meaning of the verb. Each of such additions (modifications) are again treated as a separate form called as baab (.(ال ب اب In the next topics we will try to understand these baabs. One of the specialty of mazeed verbs is that, they have fixed pattern of This is not the case of mujarrad verbs, where there is.م ص د ر no fixed pattern. Some general rules for understanding mazeed verbs (Seq # ) 1) In all the mazeed verbs if the verb is of four letter then present tense first letter (sign of present tense) will take dammah. 2) All the baabs of mazeed verbs have a fixed pattern of.م ص د ر

173 ا س م ال ف اع ل is same as (م ف ع و ل ب ه ( ا س م ال م ف ع و ل (3 The except the second letter takes fatah instead of kathrah. ا س م ال م ف ع و ل 4) The noun of place and time is same as.( م ف ع و ل ب ه ( Form-II ( ت ف ع ي ل ل (ب ا ب اب ب (Seq # 181) We know that the base three letters are as below. ف ع ل Now adding another ع letter between ف and.ع So the below are the resulting boxes. ف ع ع ع ع ع ل ب اب This is also called as Form-II or.ف ع ل So the form becomes.ت ف ع ي ل Let us discuss one important verb ب ح.س It s meaning is he glorified.,س ب ح و ا,س ب ح ا,س ب ح The past tense conjugation of this verb is,س ب ح ت,س ب ح ت م,س ب ح ت م ا,س ب ح ت,س ب ح ن,س ب ح ت ا,س ب ح ت. س ب ح ن ا and س ب ح ت,س ب ح ت ن,س ب ح ت م ا Let us learn present tense 5 in pocket conjugation of this verb. As a general rule if the verb is of four letter then sign of present tense ا,ت,ي) and (ن takes dammah. The second letter takes sukoon, the third letter takes kathrah and the last letter takes the case ending ( م ن ص و ب,م ر ف و ع and majzoom). So the,ت س ب ح,ت س ب ح,ي س ب ح are س ب ح 5 in pocket for the verb.ن س ب ح and ا س ب ح The verbs in Mabni group are as follows. = ي س ب ح + ت س ب ح ن ن ي س ب ح ن = ت س ب ح ن +,ت س ب ح ان,ي س ب ح و ن,ي س ب ح ان The verbs in Guest group are.ت س ب حا ن, ت س ب ح ي ن,ت س ب ح و ن,ت س ب حا ن

174 The amr form is very simple. Just remove the first letter of.س ب ح It is.م ج ز و م present tense and make it The masdar noun for this baab is on the pattern.ت ف ع ي ل That is the reason this baab is also called as ت ف ع ي ل.ب اب So the masdar of the verb س ب ح is ب ي ح.ت س There is an exception to this pattern. If the verb is Naaqis verb or if the verb has. ت ف ع ل ة as Laam kalimah then the masdar pattern is (ا ( hamzah Two examples are ت ر ب ي ة,ر ب ي (He educated, education ) and congratulation ). (He congratulated, ت ه ن ي ة,ه ن ا To obtain the doer just replace the first ي of ي س ب ح to.م It will become م س ب ح (one who is glorifying). ع can be obtained by replacing the kathrah of ا س م ال م ف ع و ل The.م س ب ح kalimah to fatah in the doer form. Thus it is Similarly the below few verbs in the format (root verb, present tense masculine singular, doer, mafoolun bihi, masdar, meaning) comes under this Baab. Reader is recommended to practice these verbs as much as possible. This list is arranged 5 verbs per day. Day # 1 down), he came,ت ن ز ي ل,م ن ز ل, م ن ز ل,ي ن ز ل,ن ز ل ( given/placed), he,ت س خ ي ر,م س خ ر,م س خ ر,ي س خ ر,س خ ر ( punished), he,ت ع ذ ي ب,م ع ذ ب,م ع ذ ب,ي ع ذ ب,ع ذ ب ( taught), he,ت ع ل ي م,م ع ل م,م ع ل م,ي ع ل م,ع ل م ( forward). he sent,ت ق د ي م,م ق د م,م ق د م,ي ق د م,ق د م ( Day # 2 denied), he,ت ك ذ ي ب,م ك ذ ب,م ك ذ ب,ي ك ذ ب,ك ذ ب ( loaded), he got,ت ح م ي ل,م ح م ل,م ح م ل,ي ح م ل,ح م ل ( ح م د د (,ح م د د,ي ح م د د,م ح م م ح م د د,م ح م,ت ح م ي ت ح م ي د د, he praised much), prayed)., he ت ص ل ي ة,م ص ل ي,م ص ل ي,ي ص ل ي,ص ل ى) Day # 3

175 picture), he prepared,ت ص و ي ر,م ص و ر,م ص و ر,ي ص و ر,ص و ر ( astray), he made,ت ض ل ي ل,م ض ل ل,م ض ل ل,ي ض ل ل,ض ل ل ( differentiated), he,ت ف ر ي ق,م ف ر ق, م ف ر ق,ي ف ر ق,ف ر ق ( cut), he,ت ق ط ي ع,م ق ط ع,م ق ط ع,ي ق ط ع,ق ط ع ( pain). he gave,ت ك ل ي ف,م ك ل ف,م ك ل ف,ي ك ل ف,ك ل ف ( Day # 4 changed), He,ت ب د ي ل,م ب د ل,م ب د ل,ي ب د ل,ب د ل ( counted), he,ت ع د ي د,م ع د د,م ع د د,ي ع د د,ع د د ( elongated), he,ت م د ي د,م م د د,م م د د,ي م د د,م د د ( he gave glad tidings,ت ب ش ي ر,م ب ش ر,م ب ش ر,ي ب ش ر,ب ش ر ( (news)), established), he,ت م ك ي ن,م م ك ن,م م ك ن,ي م ك ن,م ك ن ( explained). he,ت ص ر ي ف,م ص ر ف,م ص ر ف,ي ص ر ف,ص ر ف ( Day # 5 turned), He,ت ق ل ي ب,م ق ل ب,م ق ل ب,ي ق ل ب,ق ل ب ( He caused to gush,ت ف ج ي ر,م ف ج ر,م ف ج ر,ي ف ج ر,ف ج ر ( forth), move), He caused to,ت س ي ي ر,م س ي ر,م س ي ر,ي س ي ر,س ي ر ( reminded). He,ت ذ ك ي ر,م ذ ك ر,م ذ ك ر,ي ذ ك ر,ذ ك ر ( Day # 6 hastened) He,ت ع ج ي ل,م ع ج ل,م ع ج ل,ي ع ج ل,ع ج ل ( He offered them,ت ض ي ي ف,م ض ي ف,م ض ي ف,ي ض ي ف,ض ي ف ( hospitality), facilitate), to,ت ه ي ي ة,م ه ي ي,م ه ي ي,ي ه ي ي,ه ي ا ( back), to turn,ت و ل ي ة,م و لي,م و ل,ي و ل ي,و ل ى) inform). to,ت ن ب ي ة / ت ن ب ئي,م ن ب ا,م ن ب ي,ي ن ب ي,ن ب ا ( Day # 7 adorn),, to ت ح ل ي ة,م ح لى,م ح ل,ي ح ل ي,ح لى ( fashion), to,ت س و ي ة,م س و ى,م س و,ي س و ي,س و ى)

176 understand). to,ت ا و ي ل,م و و ل,م و و ل,ي و و ل,ا و ل ( 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:54). The verb form ص ر ف ن ا is present in this verse. 2) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:33). The verb form ف ج ر ن ا is present in this verse. 3) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:47). The verb present tense form ن س ي ر is present in this verse. Extensive and Intensive action property of Form-II (Seq # 182) Form-II denotes an extensive action on large scale or done repeatedly. In the below example all the doors (large scale) of the masjid got opened. Example door). I) opened the ف ت ح ت ال ب ا ب masjid). (I opened all the doors of ف ت ح ت ا ب و اب ال م س ج د Form-II also denotes sometimes intensive action done thoroughly with great force. Example rope). (I cut the ق ط ع ت ال ح ب ل pieces). (I cut the rope to ق ط ع ت ال ح ب ل Quran (3:2:286) is an example where ح م ل and ح م ل forms are used. Form-III ( ف ع ال ل (ب اب (Seq # 183) We know that the base three letters are as below. ف ع ل Now adding another ا letter between ف and.ع This ا takes sukoon and the below are the resulting boxes.

177 ف ا ع ل So the form becomes.ف اع ل This baab has two masdar patterns.ف ع ال or م ف اع ل ة as Let us discuss one important verb of this baab. It is.ب ار ك It means he blessed.,ب ار ك ن,ب ار ك ت ا,ب ار ك ت,ب ار ك و ا,ب ار ك ا,ب ار ك The 14 past forms are and ب ار ك ت,ب ار ك ت ن,ب ار ك ت م ا,ب ار ك ت,ب ار ك ت م,ب ار ك ت م ا,ب ار ك ت.ب ار ك ن ا As the verb is a four letter verb, the sign of present tense will take dammah. Thus it is.ي ب ار ك The five in pocket forms are ن.ب ار ك and ا ب ار ك,ت ب ار ك,ت ب ار ك,ي ب ار ك.ت ب ار ك ن and ي ب ار ك ن The Mabni group verbs are,ت ب ار ك ان,ي ب ار ك و ن,ي ب ار ك ان The verbs in Guest noon group are. ت ب ار ك ا ن,ت ب ار ك ي ن,ت ب ار ك و ن,ت ب ار ك ان The amr form is constructed from the present tense which is Just remove the first letter of present tense and make it.ي ب ار ك.ب ار ك It is.م ج ز و م The masdar noun for this verb is on the pattern.م ف اع ل ة So the.م ب ار ك ة is ب ار ك masdar of the verb To obtain the doer just replace the first ي of ي ب ار ك to.م It will become م ب ار ك (one who is blessing). ع can be obtained by replacing the kathrah of ا س م ال م ف ع و ل The.م ب ار ك kalimah to fatah in the doer form. Thus it is Similarly the below few verbs in the format (root verb, present tense masculine singular, doer, mafoolun bihi, masdar, meaning) comes under this Baab. Reader is recommended to practice these verbs as much as possible. Day # 1 he was,م ح اس ب ة,م ح اس ب,م ح اس ب,ي ح اس ب,ح اس ب ( accounted),

178 , he made م ص اح ب ة / صح اب,م ص اح ب,م ص اح ب,ي ص اح ب,ص اح ب ( companion), deceived), he,م خ اد ع ة,م خ اد ع,م خ اد ع, ي خ اد ع,خ اد ع ( disputed), he,م ج اد ل ة,م ج اد ل,م ج اد ل,ي ج اد ل,ج اد ل ( catched)., he م و اخ ذ ة, م و اخ ذ, م و اخ ذ,ي و اخ ذ,ا خ ذ ( Day # 2 struggled), he,ج ه اد,م ج اه د,م ج اه د,ي ج اه د,ج اه د ( talking),, He was م ح او ر ة / ح و ار,م ح او ر,م ح او ر,ي ح او ر,ح او ر ( behind),, He left م غ اد ر ة / غ د ار,م غ اد ر,م غ اد ر,ي غ اد ر,غ اد ر ( it), He fell into,م و اق ع ة/و ق ا ع,م و اق ع,م و اق ع,ي و اق ع,و اق ع ( parted)., He م فار ق ة/ف ر ا ق, م فا ر ق, م ف ار ق,ي ف ار ق,ف ار ق ( Day # 3 beyond), to pass,م ج او ز ة,م ج او ز,م ج او ز,ي ج او ز,ج او ز ( call). to,م ن اد اة,م ن اد ى,م ن اد,ي ن اد ى,ن اد ى) Form-IV ( ا ف ع ال ل (ب ا ب اب ب (Seq # 184) We know that the base three letters are as below. ف ع ل Now adding another ا letter before.ف The first letter loses its vowel sign and takes the sukoon. So the below are the resulting boxes. ا ف ع ل So the form becomes.ا ف ع ل The masdar of this form is on the ف ع ال pattern.ا Let us discuss one important verb of this baab. It is.ا ن ز ل It means he sent down.

179 ,ا ن ز ل ن,ا ن ز ل ت ا,ا ن ز ل ت,ا ن ز ل و ا,ا ن ز لا,ا ن ز ل The 14 past forms are.ا ن ز ل ن ا and ا ن ز ل ت,ا ن ز ل ت ن, ا ن ز ل ت م ا,ا ن ز ل ت,ا ن ز ل ت م,ا ن ز ل ت م ا,ا ن ز ل ت The present tense should be ي ا ن ز ل as per the rule. But hamzah is omitted and it becomes.ي ن ز ل The five in pocket forms are.ن ن ز ل and ا ن ز ل,ت ن ز ل,ت ن ز ل,ي ن ز ل.ت ن ز ل ن and ي ن ز ل ن The Mabni group verbs are,ي ن ز ل ان The verbs in Guest noon group are.ت ن ز لا ن,ت ن ز ل ي ن,ت ن ز ل و ن,ت ن ز لا ن,ت ن ز لا ن,ي ن ز ل و ن The amr form is constructed from the original form of present tense which is.ي ا ن ز ل Just remove the first letter of present tense.ا ن ز ل It is.م ج ز و م and make it ف ع ال The masdar noun for this baab is on the pattern That is.ا ف ع ال the reason this baab is also called as So the masdar.ب اب ا ن ز ال is ا ن ز ل of the verb.ا To obtain the doer just replace the first ي of ي ن ز ل to.م It will become م ن ز ل (one who is sending). ع can be obtained by replacing the kathrah of ا س م ال م ف ع و ل The.م ن ز ل kalimah to fatah in the doer form. Thus it is Similarly the below few verbs in the format (root verb, present tense masculine singular, doer, mafoolun bihi, masdar, meaning) comes under this Baab. Reader is recommended to practice these verbs as much as possible. Day # 1 خ ر اج,م خ ر ج,م خ ر ج,ي خ ر ج,ا خ ر ج ( out), he brought,ا ح س ان,م ح س ن,م ح س ن,ي ح س ن,ا ح س ن ( good), he did,ا ش ر اك,م ش ر ك,م ش ر ك,ي ش ر ك,ا ش ر ك ( partner), he associated,ا ص لاح,م ص ل ح,م ص ل ح,ي ص ل ح,ا ص ل ح ( he,ا corrected/decorated), gift). he gave,ا ن ع ام,م ن ع م,م ن ع م,ي ن ع م,ا ن ع م ( Day # 2 ن ف اق,م ن ف ق,م ن ف ق,ي ن ف ق,ا ن ف ق ( spend), To,ا

180 ض لال,م ض ل,م ض ل,ي ض ل,ا ض ل ( astray), To let,ا death), To give,ا م ات ة,م م ات,م م ي ت, ي م ي ت,ا م ات ( ر ش اد,م ر ش د,م ر ش د,ي ر ش د,ا ر ش د ( guide), To,ا ش ع ار,م ش ع ر,م ش ع ر,ي ش ع ر,ا ش ع ر ( aware). To be,ا With such similar understanding, the reader is recommended to write/learn the following verbs. Day # 3 to,ا س ل م ( send), to,ا ر س ل ( see), to,ا ب ص ر ( believe), to,ا م ن ( accept/submit), (,ا ف ل ح to become success). Day # 4 heedless), To be,ا غ ف ل ( clearly), To hear,ا س م ع ( warn), to,ا ن ذ ر ( present/informs). He,ا ح د ث ( away), He turns,ا ع ر ض ( Day # 5 overburden), to,ا ر ه ق ( drown), to,ا غ ر ق ( hole), to make,ا خ ر ق ( follow). to,ا ت ب ع ( change), to,ا ب د ل ( Day # 6,ا ع ث ر ( destroy), to,ا ه ل ك ( pour), to,ا ف ر غ ( corrupt), to,ا ف س د ( to make known), (,ا ع ت د to prepare). Day # 7 to be,ا ش ف ق ( witness), to make,ا ش ه د ( crime), to do,ا ج ر م ( fearful), (,ا د ح ض to refute), ص ى),ا ح to judge/calculate best). Day # 8 wanted), he,ي ر ي د,ا ر اد ( reveal), to,ا و ح ى) return), to,ي ع ي د,ا ع اد ( surround). to,ي ح ي ط,ا ح اط ( obey), to,ي ط ي ع,ا ط اع ( Day # 9 to,ي ض ي ع,ا ض اع ( assist), to,ي ع ي ن,ا ع ان ( right),, to set ق ي م ي,ا ق ام ( let go waste).

181 Making intransitive verb into transitive verb (Seq # 185) We already know that transitive verb takes object on which action is done on. The intransitive verb does not take any object. An intransitive verb can be converted into transitive verb by making the verb from base form into form-ii or form-iv as shown in the below two examples. Form-II: ن ز ل (he got down), ن ز ل (he brought down). Form-IV: ج ل س (he sat), ا ج ل س (he made someone sat). Certain base verbs can be converted into both of these forms. ا ن ز ل form-iv: ن ز ل form-ii: ن ز ل form: Base If the base form is already transitive then converting the verb into form-ii or form-iv will make the verb into doubly transitive, which means it requires two mafoulun bihi s. Example is د ر س Form-II is.د ر س Example sentence is below. (He taught us the Arabic language). Here د ر س ن ا الل غ ة ال ع ر ب ي ة there are two objects ن ا and الل غ ة and both are و ب.م ن ص In this case, we get the answers to the questions like He taught to whom? (answer: us), and He taught what? (answer: Arabic language). Special verb ا ر ي ر ي ا (Seq # 186) This verb is based on the form-iv (.(ا ف ع ل The ا has been added to the main root verb ر ا ى (he saw) to get form-iv.ا ر ا ى The second Hamza has been dropped and it becomes.ا ر ى The meaning of this verb is he showed. Let us try to conjugate this verb in the past tense..ا ر ى the verb form is ه و 1) For.ا ر ي ا will be added. Thus it is ا the doer,ه م ا 2) For 3) For,ه م the third radical ي will be dropped. Originally it is.ا ر و ا Finally it is.ا ر ي و ا

182 ) For ه ي just add the ت of women to the root.ا ر ى After.ا ر ت gets drop. Finally it is ي Here the.ا ر ي ت adding it is 5) For feminine ه م ا just add the doer ا to the verb form of.ا ر ت ا Thus it is.(ا ر ت ( ه ي 6) For mutaharrik pronouns the third radical ي should have sukoon (.( So the initial part will be.ا ر ي Thus the ن ح ن to ه ن conjugation for all mutaharrik pronouns from is ا ر ي ت,ا ر ي ت ن,ا ر ي ت م ا,ا ر ي ت,ا ر ي ت م,ا ر ي ت م ا,ا ر ي ت,ا ر ي ن and.ا ر ي ن ا ي In the present tense originally it is The first hamzah has.ي ا ر ا ي been dropped so it is Now further changes took place it.ي ر ا.ي ر ي becomes.ن ر ي and ا ر ي,ت ر ي,ت ر ي,ي ر ي The five in pocket group is now.ت ر ي ن and ي ر ي ن The Mabni group is The verbs in Guest noon group are. ت ر ي ا ن, ت ر ي ن,ت ر و ن, ت ر ي ا ن, ت ر ي ا ن,ي ر و ن, ي ر ي ا ن The ف ع ل ا مر for this verb is to remove the present tense letter and dropping the last.ي So the original first ا will appear and.ا ر finally we get Some more sisters of ك ان ن (Seq # 187) The verbs ا ص ب ح and ا م س ى are sisters of ا ص ب ح.ك ان means to become in morning. Sometimes ا ص ب ح is also used to convey the meaning he became irrespective of time. ا م س ى means to become in evening. In the Quranic verse Quran (4:3:103), ت م in ا ص ب ح ت م is ismu خ و ان ا and ا ص ب ح.م ن ص و ب which is ا ص ب ح is khabaru ا He is about to is the.ك ان ا is also one of the sisters of ا و ش ك meaning of ك.ا و ش The predicate (khabar) of these verbs will be.م ن ص و ب Form-V ( ل ل ت ف ع ع ع (ب اب (Seq # 188)

183 We know that the base three letters are as below. ف ع ل Form-II has obtained by the following change. ف ع ع ع ع ع ل We know that the sequence of letter ت in Arabic alphabets is 3. Just to remember keep the below equation Form-II + 3 (sequence number of letter (ت = Form-V Adding ت to Form-II as below and the ending boxes are shown below. ت ف ع ع ل ب اب it is called as,ت ف ع ل As the masdar pattern for this baab is.ت ف ع ل Let us discuss one main verb.ت و ك ل Its meaning is to trust.,ت و ك ل ت ا,ت و ك ل ت,ت و ك ل و ا,ت و ك لا,ت و ك ل The 14 past forms are,ت و ك ل ت ن,ت و ك ل ت م ا,ت و ك ل ت,ت و ك ل ت م,ت و ك ل ت م ا,ت و ك ل ت,ت و ك ل ن.ت و ك ل ن ا and ت و ك ل ت As the verb is of five letter verb, the sign of present tense will take fatah. Thus it is.ي ت و ك ل The five in pocket forms are.ن ت و ك ل and ا ت و ك ل,ت ت و ك ل,ت ت و ك ل,ي ت و ك ل.ت ت و ك ل ن and ي ت و ك ل ن The Mabni group verbs are,ي ت و ك لا ن The verbs in Guest noon group are.ت ت و ك لا ن,ت ت و ك ل ي ن, ت ت و ك ل و ن,ت ت و ك لا ن,ت ت و ك لا ن, ي ت و ك ل و ن The amr form is constructed from the present tense which is Just remove the first letter of present tense and make it.ي ت و ك ل.ت و ك ل It is.م ج ز و م The masdar noun for this verb is on the pattern.ت ف ع ل So the. ت و ك ل is ت و ك ل masdar of the verb

184 To obtain the doer just replace the first ي of ي ت و ك ل to م along.م ت و ك ل kalimah will take kathrah. It is ع with dammah and ع can be obtained by replacing the kathrah of ا س م ال م ف ع و ل The.م ت و ك ل kalimah to fatah in the doer form. Thus it is This baab starts with ت and if the sign of the present tense is also ت then it will be difficult to pronounce two.ت So literally one ت is dropped. For example in the verse Quran (30:97:4) instead of ت ت ن ز ل it is ت ن ز ل and in the verse Quran (27:49:12).لا ت ج س س و ا it is لا ت ت ج س س و ا instead of The generic verb structure for the verb ت و ك ل in the format (root verb, present tense masculine singular, doer, mafoolun,ت و ك ل,م ت و ك ل,م ت و ك ل,ي ت و ك ل,ت و ك ل ( is bihi, masdar, meaning) he trusted). The reader is recommended to conjugate the below few verbs in this format for more practice. separate), to,ت ب ي ن ( pondered), he,ت ف ك ر ( advised),, he ت ذ ك ر ( cautious). to be,ت ل ط ف ( back), to turn,ت و ل ى) Form-VI ( ت ف اع ل ل (ب اب (Seq # ) We know that the base three letters are as below. ف ع ل Form-III has obtained by the following change. ف ا ع ل Adding letter ت before and it resulted in the below equation. Form-III + 3 (sequence number of letter (ت = Form-VI The below are the resulting boxes. ت ف ا ع ل Let us discuss one main verb.ت ك اث ر Its meaning is to work for extra.

185 ,ت ك اث ر ت ا,ت ك اث ر ت,ت ك اث ر و ا,ت ك اث ر ا,ت ك اث ر The 14 past forms are,ت ك اث ر ت م ا,ت ك اث ر ت,ت ك اث ر ت م,ت ك اث ر ت م ا,ت ك اث ر ت,ت ك اث ر ن.ت ك اث ر ن ا and ت ك اث ر ت,ت ك اث ر ت ن As the verb is of five letter verb, the sign of present tense will take fatah. Thus it is.ي ت ك اث ر The five in pocket forms are.ن ت ك اث ر andا ت ك اث ر,ت ت ك اث ر,ت ت ك اث ر,ي ت ك اث ر.ت ت ك اث ر ن and ي ت ك اث ر ن The Mabni group verbs are, ي ت ك اث ر و ن,ي ت ك اث ر ان The verbs in Guest noon group are.ت ت ك اث ر ان,ت ت ك اث ر ي ن, ت ت ك اث ر و ن,ت ت ك اث ر ان,ت ت ك اث ر ان The amr form is constructed from the present tense which is Just remove the first letter of present tense and make it.ي ت ك اث ر.ت ك اث ر It is.م ج ز و م The masdar noun for this verb is on the pattern.ت ف اع ل So the.ت ك اث ر is ت ك اث ر masdar of the verb To obtain the doer just replace the first ي of ي ت ك اث ر to م along.م ت ك اث ر kalimah will take kathrah. It is ع with dammah and ع can be obtained by replacing the kathrah of ا س م ال م ف ع و ل The.م ت ك اث ر kalimah to fatah in the doer form. Thus it is This baab starts with ت and if the sign of the present tense is also ت then it will be difficult to pronounce two.ت So literally one ت is dropped. Quran (27:49:11), Quran (27:49:13) and,ت ن اب ز و ا Quran (6:5:2) are the Quran verses for the examples of.ت ع او ن و ا and ت ع ار ف و ا Thus the generic verb structure for the verb ت ك اث ر in the format (root verb, present tense masculine singular, doer,,م ت ك اث ر,ي ت ك اث ر,ت ك اث ر ( is mafoolun bihi, masdar, meaning) extra). to work to get,ت ك اث ر,م ت ك اث ر Reader is recommended to come up with such format for the following few verbs., to ت ن از ع ( question), to,ت س اء ل ( away), to inclined,ت ز او ر ( dispute).

186 Form-VII (Seq # 190) We know that the base three letters are as below. ف ع ل Now add ا ن before these three boxes as shown below. ا ن ف ع ل The first Hamza is Hamza-tul-wasl, so should be ignored when comes in the middle. The masdar form is عا ل.ا ن ف So this baab is also called as ب اب ا ن ف عا ل. Let us discuss one verb under this category, which is.ا ن ق ل ب It means return/turn upside down.,ا ن ق ل ب ت ا,ا ن ق ل ب ت,ا ن ق ل ب و ا, ا ن ق ل ب ا,ا ن ق ل ب The 14 past forms are,ا ن ق ل ب ت م ا,ا ن ق ل ب ت,ا ن ق ل ب ت م,ا ن ق ل ب ت م ا,ا ن ق ل ب ت,ا ن ق ل ب ن.ا ن ق ل ب ن and ا ن ق ل ب ت, ا ن ق ل ب ت ن The sign of present tense will take fatah. The five in pocket.ن ن ق ل ب and ا ن ق ل ب,ت ن ق ل ب,ت ن ق ل ب,ي ن ق ل ب forms are.ت ن ق ل ب ن and ي ن ق ل ب ن The Mabni group verbs are,ي ن ق ل ب و ن,ي ن ق ل ب ا ن The verbs in Guest noon group are.ت ن ق ل ب ا ن,ت ن ق ل ب ي ن,ت ن ق ل ب و ن,ت ن ق ل ب ان,ت ن ق ل ب ان The amr form is constructed from the present tense which is Just remove the first letter of present tense and make it.ي ن ق ل ب.ا ن ق ل ب It is.م ج ز و م The masdar noun for this verb is on the pattern عا ل.ا ن ف So the.ا ن ق لا ب is ا ن ق ل ب masdar of the verb To obtain the doer just replace the first ي of ي ن ق ل ب to م along.م ن ق ل ب with dammah. It is ع can be obtained by replacing the kathrah of ا س م ال م ف ع و ل The.م ن ق ل ب kalimah to fatah in the doer form. Thus it is The other few verbs in this baab in the format (root verb, its meaning) are as below. supported). he,ا ن ت ص ر ( go), he set out to,ا ن ط ل ق (

187 Form-VIII ( (ب اب ا ف ت ع ال ل (Seq # 191) We know that the base three letters are as below. ف ع ل Now add ا before the first radical and ت after the first radical as shown below. ا ا ا ا ف ت ت ت ت ع ل The first Hamza is Hamza-tul-wasl, so should be ignored when comes in the middle. The masdar form is.ا ف ت ع ال So this baab is also called as ا ف ت ع ال.ب اب Let us discuss one verb under this category, which is ر.ا ن ت ظ It means to wait.,ا ن ت ظ ر ت,ا ن ت ظ ر و ا,ا ن ت ظ ر ا,ا ن ت ظ ر The 14 past forms are,ا ن ت ظ ر ت,ا ن ت ظ ر ت م,ا ن ت ظ ر ت م ا,ا ن ت ظ ر ت,ا ن ت ظ ر ن,ا ن ت ظ ر ت ا.ا ن ت ظ ر ن ا and ا ن ت ظ ر ت, ا ن ت ظ ر ت ن,ا ن ت ظ ر ت م ا The sign of present tense will take fatah. The five in pocket.ن ن ت ظ ر and ا ن ت ظ ر,ت ن ت ظ ر,ت ن ت ظ ر,ي ن ت ظ ر forms are.ت ن ت ظ ر ن and ي ن ت ظ ر ن The Mabni group verbs are,ي ن ت ظ ر و ن,ي ن ت ظ ر ان The verbs in Guest noon group are.ت ن ت ظ ر ان,ت ن ت ظ ر ي ن,ت ن ت ظ ر و ن,ت ن ت ظ ر ا ن,ت ن ت ظ ر ان The amr form is constructed from the present tense which is Just remove the first letter of present tense and make it.ي ن ت ظ ر.ا ن ت ظ ر It is.م ج ز و م The masdar noun for this verb is on the pattern.ا ف ت ع ال So the.ا ن ت ظ ار is ا ن ت ظ ر masdar of the verb To obtain the doer just replace the first ي of ي ن ت ظ ر to م along.م ن ت ظ ر with dammah. It is ع can be obtained by replacing the kathrah of ا س م ال م ف ع و ل The.م ن ت ظ ر kalimah to fatah in the doer form. Thus it is The other few verbs in this baab in the format (root verb, its meaning) are as below.

188 Day # 1 to,ا ع ت ز ل ( gather), to,ا ج ت م ع ( examined), he,ا م ت ح ن ( withdraw), (,ا ل ت ح د to take refuge), (,ا ر ت ف ق to take rest). Day # 2 He is all,ا ق ت د ر ( mingle), to,ا خ ت ل ط ( support), to,ا ن ت ص ر ( able), (,ا ت ب ع to follow), (,ا ت ك ا to recline). Day # 3 guide). to,ي ه ت د ي,ا ه ت د ى) invent), to,ي ف ت ر ي,ا ف ت ر ى) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:16). The phrase ا ع ت ز ل ت م + ه م = ا ع ت ز ل ت م و ه م (You all withdraw from them) is present in this verse. Changes in Form-VIII (Seq # 192) If the first radical is و then it is assimilated to the extra ت and.( ( tashdeed gets unite) to,ا ت ح د,ا و ت ح د,و ح د ( himself) he feared or he protected,ا ت ق ى, ا و ت ق ى,و ق ى ( Exceptional case: (,ا ا ت خ ذ,ا خ ذ,ا ت خ ذ he take).د changes to ت the extra ز,ذ,د If the first radical is claimed) he,ا د ع ى,ا د ت ع ى,د ع ا) he,ا د ك ر changes again further,ا ذ د ك ر,ا ذ ت ك ر,ذ ك ر ( remembered) add) to,ا ز د اد,ا ز ت اد,ز اد (.ط changes to ت the extra ظ,ط,ض,ص If the first radical is patient ) he was,ا ص ط ب ر,ا ص ت ب ر,ص ب ر ( unrest) he was in the state of,ا ض ط ر ب,ا ض ت ر ب,ض ر ب ( knew) he,ا ط ل ع, ا ط ت ل ع,ط ل ع ( wrong) he put up with,ا ظ ط ل م,ا ظ ت ل م,ظ ل م (

189 Form-IX (Seq # 193) We know that the base three letters are as below. ف ع ل Now add ا before the first letter and the third letter is doubled so the new form looks like below. ا ف ع ل This bab is generally used for specifying the colours and defects. Examples: ا ح م ر (it became red), ا ع و ج (it became crooked). The mudari of ا ح م ر is ي ح م ر and ism fael is م ح م ر and it.ا ح م رار does not has ism maf`ool. Its masdar is This bab has another pattern with one extra alif after second letter resulting as.ا ف ع ال Examples: ا ح م ار (it became red). The mudari is ح م ا ر,ي its ism al-fael is م ح م ار and its masdar is This bab is not frequently used so we limit its.ا ح م ي رار discussion to very little as above. Form-X (Seq # 194) We know that the base three letters are as below. ف ع ل Now add ا س ت before these three boxes as shown below. ا س ت ف ع ل The first Hamza is Hamza-tul-wasl, so should be ignored when comes in the middle. The masdar form is ت ف ع ال.ا س So this baab is also called as ب اب ا س ت ف ع ا ل. Let us discuss one verb under this category, which is ت غ ف ر.ا س It means he asked forgiveness.

190 ,ا س ت غ ف ر ت,ا س ت غ ف ر و ا,ا س ت غ ف ر ا,ا س ت غ ف ر The 14 past forms are,ا س ت غ ف ر ت م,ا س ت غ ف ر ت م ا,ا س ت غ ف ر ت,ا س ت غ ف ر ن,ا س ت غ ف ر تا.ا س ت غ ف ر ن ا and ا س ت غ ف ر ت,ا س ت غ ف ر ت ن,ا س ت غ ف ر ت م ا,ا س ت غ ف ر ت The sign of present tense will take fatah. The five in pocket.ن س ت غ ف ر and ا س ت غ ف ر,ت س ت غ ف ر,ت س ت غ ف ر,ي س ت غ ف ر forms are. ت س ت غ ف ر ن and ي س ت غ ف ر ن The Mabni group verbs are, ي س ت غ ف ر و ن,ي س ت غ ف ر ان The verbs in Guest noon group are.ت س ت غ ف ر ان,ت س ت غ ف ر ي ن, ت س ت غ ف ر و ن,ت س ت غ ف ر ان,ت س ت غ ف ر ان The amr form is constructed from the present tense which is Just remove the first letter of present tense and make.ي س ت غ ف ر.ا س ت غ ف ر It is.م ج ز و م it The masdar noun for this verb is on the pattern ت ف ع ال.ا س So.ا س ت غ ف ار is ا س ت غ ف ر the masdar of the verb م to ي س ت غ ف ر of ي To obtain the doer just replace the first.م س ت غ ف ر along with dammah. It is ع can be obtained by replacing the kathrah of ا س م ال م ف ع و ل The.م س ت غ ف ر kalimah to fatah in the doer form. Thus it is The other few verbs in this baab in the format (root verb, present tense, its meaning) are as below. Day # 1 to,ي س ت ط ع م, ا س ت ط ع م ( forth), to bring,ي س ت خ ر ج, ا س ت خ ر ج (,ا س ت ط اع ( respond), to,ي س ت ج ي ب,ا س ت ج اب ( food), ask for to call for,ي س ت غ ي ث,ا س ت غ اث ( able/capable), to be,ي س ت ط ي ع relief), ( ت ف ت ي, ا س ت ف ت ى,ي س to inquire). Four letter verbs (Seq # 195) The verb which contains four letters are called as quadriliteral verbs ( الر ب اع ي.(ال ف ع ل The base form is ف ع ل ل and muzarray is As the verb is made up of four letters, the muzarray.ي ف ع ل ل ا س م The.ف ع ل ل ة started with dammah. The pattern of masdar is verb. This is the only one Bab of four letter.م ف ع ل ل is ف اع ل

191 Below are few examples of four letter verbs in this Bab in the format (base form, muzarray, meaning). translated), he,ي ت ر ج م,ت ر ج م ( bismillah), he said,ي ب س م ل,ب س م ل ( scattered), he,ي ب ع ث ر,ب ع ث ر ( (17:22:1), Quran to shake),ي ز ل ز ل,ز ل ز ل ( (30:114:5), Quran to whisper),ي و س و س,و س و س ( (5:4:143). Quran to wander),ي ز ب ز ب,ز ب ز ب ( Mazeed verbs for base four letter verbs (Seq # 196) There are three Baabs for mazeed verbs of four letter verbs. They are ي ت ف ع ل ل,ت ف ع ل ل (a.ف ع ل ل has been attached to the base form ت In this baab initial Examples are ت م ض م ض (he rinsed his mouth with water), up). (he grew ت ر ع ر ع ي ف ع ل ل,ا ف ع ل ل (b In this baab ا is prefixed to the first radical and the fourth radical is doubled. Examples are ا ط م ا ن (he felt reassured, see Quran (3:2:260), Quran (13:13:28)), ا ش م ا ز (he detested, see Quran (24:39:45)) and ا ق ش ع ر (he shiver, see Quran (23:39:23). ي ف ع ن ل ل,ا ف ع ن ل ل (c In this baab ا is prefixed to the first radical and noon is added after the second radical. Example is ا ف ر ن ق ع (he dispersed). As these verbs are very few, detail level of conjugation is not done. But reader is recommended to the do practice of conjugation whenever possible. Introduction to Passive voice (Seq # 197)

192 Consider the statement Mohammed opened the door. In the English language the tense/voice is active. Converting to passive voice leads to the statement The door was opened. In the Arabic language the doer of the active tense is completely removed. Thus it is not possible to say The door was opened م ف ع و ل ( on by Mohammed. The object on which action done takes the place of actual doer. This object taking the place (ب ه of actual doer is called as deputy doer ( ال ف اع ل.(ن اي ب In the Arabic language the active tense is termed as م ع ل و م and the passive voice is termed as ج ه و ل.م Passive voice form of the verb also comes by practice and time. Reader is recommended to practice them as much as possible. We will discuss the details of Passive voice in the next few topics. Passive voice for Saalim verbs (Seq # 198) In this section Passive voice for saalim verbs is being discussed. To convert the active voice into passive voice for the past tense the last but one letter gets kathrah and the letters before it gets the following.. i) Every mutaharrik letter (letter having vowel sign) gets Dammah. ii) All the sukoon letters are left as it is. No change to Sukoon letters. Examples By following the above rules few examples in the format (active voice, passive voice) are given below. The last but one letter in the below examples is ع kalimah and it is getting kathrah in passive form..(س م ع,س م ع (,(ض ر ب,ض ر ب (,(ن ص ر,ن ص ر (,(ف ت ح,ف ت ح ( voice) (Mohammed opened the door, active م ح م د ف ت ح ال ب اب (The door was opened, passive voice, Deputy ف ت ح ال ب اب (ال ب اب doer=

193 In the present tense the first letter (sign of the present tense) always gets Dammah and the last but one letter gets fatah. Examples By following the above rule for present tense few examples in the format (active voice, passive voice) are given below. The last but one letter in the below examples is ع kalimah and it is getting fatah., ي س م ع (,(ي ض ر ب,ي ض ر ب (,(ي ن ص ر,ي ن ص ر (,(ي ف ت ح,ي ف ت ح (.(ي س م ع listened) (It is ي س م ع helped) (It is ي ن ص ر If the م ف ع و ل ب ه is a pronoun, then its م ر ف و ع form will be used in the passive form. voice) (Mohammed helped them, active ن ص ر ه م م ح م د (و = doer (They were helped, passive voice, Deputy ن ص ر و ا Passive voice for Mithaal verbs (Seq # 199) In the Mithaal verbs the past tense passive form is same as for Saalim verbs. One example is ( د,و ج د.(و ج In the present tense passive form the first radical will appear back as shown in the below examples with format (present tense active voice, present tense passive voice).,(ي و ج ب,ي ج ب (,(ي و ز ن,ي ز ن (,(ي و ج د,ي ج د (,(ي و ق ف,ي ق ف (,ي ل د (,(ي و ع ظ,ي ع ظ ),(ي و ل ج,ي ل ج (,(ي و ع د,ي ع د (,(ي و ص ل,ي ص ل (,ي س ع (,(ي و ه ب,ي ه ب (,(ي و ض ع,ي ض ع (,(ي و ص ف,ي ص ف (,(ي و ل د.(ي و س ع Passive voice for Ajwaf verbs (Seq # 200) Irrespective of ajwaf verb groups (a-u, a-i, i-a) the past tense.ي ف ال and present tense fixed pattern is ف ي ل fixed pattern is Examples of past tense are given below.

194 (خ ي ف,خ اف (,(ن ي م,ن ام (,(ز ي د,ز اد (,(ب ي ع,ب اع (,(ق ي ل,ق ال ( Examples of present tense are given below.,ي خ اف (,(ي ن ام,ي ن ام (,(ي ز اد,ي ز ي د (,(ي ب اع,ي ب ي ع (,(ي ق ال,ي ق و ل (.( ي خ ا ف ل ال م ط ل ق ق ال م ف ع و (Absolute object) (Seq # 201) The absolute object is a masdar of a verb. It comes in a sentence having the same verb. It is always و ب.م ن ص It has four uses as below. a) Emphasis It occurs in the sentence in the form of masdar of a verb occurring for the sake of emphasis. As an example the verse Quran (6:4:164) uses the masdar ت ك ل ي م ا for the verb ك ل م (he speak). Quran (29:73:4) uses ت ر ت ي لا for the verb ر ت ل (he read slowly). b) To specify number The absolute object is used to specify the number. Example Arabic sentence is ب ع ال ك ت اب ط ب ع ت ي ن.ط It s translation is The book was printed twice. Another example is Quran (5:4:102). c) To specify the type of action In this case the absolute object is used to specify the type ح ف ظ ت ال ق ر ا ن of action. Example Arabic sentence is. It s translation is I memorized the quran ح ف ظ ا ج ي د ا perfectly. Quran (22:33:70) and Quran (22:33:71) are.ف از and ق ال examples for the verbs d) As a substitute for the main verb In this case only the masdar of the main verb is used skipping the main verb itself. Example is ك ر ا.ش It s translation is I thank you. It is substitute for the main verb ا ش ك ر (I thank). Another example is ص ب ر ا (Have patience). It is substitute for the amr form of the verb patient ). ( be ا ص ب ر

195 Understanding Energetic session # ن 1 (Seq # 202) We learned that, the Arabic language has many ways of emphasis. In this topic we will learn to have the emphasis with verb by using energetic.ن It is written in the Arabic as ن and termed as ن و ن الت و ك ي د الث قي ل ة. It is equal to.ن ن It comes with verb only in present tense and imperative tense. In order to understand this topic it has been divided into few sessions..ك ت ب to five in pocket verbs of root ن Let us add this ي ك ت ب + ن = ي ك ت ب + ن = ي ك ت ب ن The final Dhammah will be replaced by fatah and ن got attached to the verb. Thus the five in pocket verbs with.ن ك ت ب ن and ا ك ت ب ن,ت ك ت ب ن,ت ك ت ب ن,ي ك ت ب ن are ن energetic After this change these five in pocket verbs now became mabni. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:23)..ت ق و ل with the ن This verse has energetic Understanding Energetic session # ن 2 (Seq # 203) Let us now add energetic ن to guest noon group. ي ك ت ب و ن + ن ن ن we cannot pronounce it. So the ن Because of three successive representing م ر ف و ع case gets dropped as below. ي ك ت ب و + ن ن Now there is sukoon on و and,ن thus meeting of two sukoons is not possible. So dropping و and it becomes as below. = ي ك ت ب + ن ن.ت ك ت ب ن we get ت ك ت ب و ن Similarly for ي ك ت ب ن

196 In case of duals we only drop the ن representing م ر ف و ع case and the energetic ن gets a kathrah. Example: ي ك ت ب ان and.ت ك ت ب ان ن both the ت ك ت ب ي ن In case of second person feminine singular representing م ر ف و ع case and the doer ي gets drop as below. ت ك ت ب ي ن + ن = ت ك ت ب + ن = ت ك ت ب ن In the case of mabni group ( ه ن and (ا ن ت ن one extra ا is added between the noons and energetic ن gets a kathrah as below. ي ك ت ب ن + ا + ن = ي ك ت ب ن ان ت ك ت ب ن + ا + ن = ت ك ت ب ن ان The following table provides the verb forms after adding energetic ن to the amr form. With Amr ن ن ن ن form Comment ا ك ت ب ا ك ت ب ن ا ك ت ب ا ا ك ت ب ان ا ك ت ب و ا ا ك ت ب ن ا ك ت ب ن ا ك ت ب ن ان ا ك ت ب ن Remove the jazm and put the fatah. Same as dual in muzarray. Same as plural in muzarray. muzarray. Same as in ا ك ت ب ي Same as in mabni group. Understanding Energetic session # ن 3 (Seq # 204)

197 Understanding Energetic session # 4 (Optional ن usage) (Seq # 205) The usage of energetic ن is optional in case of amr and.(الط ل ب muzarray (if it is Example of amr book) (Write down in your ا ك ت ب ن ف ي ك ت اب ك (الط ل ب ( muzarray Example of (? book (Have you written in your ه ل ت ك ت ب ن ف ي ك ت اب ك Understanding Energetic session # 5 ن (Compulsory usage) (Seq # 206) The use of energetic ن is compulsory in muzarray if it is jawaab Al Qasm. However, the following conditions should be met. a) The verb should be affirmative. b) The verb should be future. c) The laam should be attached to the verb. Example By Allah! I will help him. و الله س و ف ل ا ن ص ر ن ه Understanding Energetic session # 6 (Near ن Compulsory usage) (Seq # 207) The conditional particle ام ا is equal to ن + م ا.ا The meaning of ن this particle is If. It is near compulsory to use energetic after the conditional particle.ام ا Quran (15:17:23) is an example of this case. Learning more about a Diptotes (Seq # 208)

198 We know that a diptote noun has fatah when it is ر و ر.م ج But it behaves like a regular noun and gets kathrah in م ج ر و ر case in the following conditions. 1) When it has the definite article ال then a diptote declines normally. Example: Quran (2:2:187) has diptote noun and got the kathrah in ال with the definite article م س اج د (29:70:40). Quran case. See another example in م ج ر و ر 2) When it is muzaaf then diptote declines normally. Observe ا ح س ن in the verse Quran (30:95:4). It took kathrah and it is muzaaf. State or Circumstance ( ال ح ال ل (ال ح ا ) (Seq # 209) State or Circumstance can be represented in the Arabic language by a noun in م ن ص و ب case. In the Arabic language this noun is called as.الح ال The noun of whose, the state is.ص اح ب ال ح ال described is termed as Example: ق ال م ح م د ج ال س ا (Mohammed said while sitting). Here mohammed is Saahib al-haal and jaalisan is al-haal. Saahib al-haal can be one of the following. a) The fail b) Naib al fail c) Mafoolun bihi d) Mubtada e) Khabar Al-Haal can be a single word or a sentence as learned earlier in the topic of circumstances waaw. al-haal and Saahib al-haal should match in number and gender. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:48). The approximate meaning in the English language for the beginning part of the verse is And they will be set before

199 your Lord in (lines as) rows. Here the rows is a state or ص ف ا circumstance. Thus represented by the Arabic word.م ن ص و ب which is b) ت م ييز الن س ب ة (This comes after unclear concept) Example refer ق و ة in the verse Quran (24:41:15). It is.ال ت م ييز in this verse acting as م ن ص و ب ال م ف ع و ل ل ه ه (or) ل لا ج ل ه ه ال م ف ع و (Seq # 211) ال ت م ييز noun (Seq # 210) This noun helps us to understand an unclear idea. It makes the quantity being counted/measured or an unclear concept clear in the sentence. This noun is و ب.م ن ص There are two kinds of. ال ت م ييز a) ت م ييز الذ ات (This comes after quantity) 1) Number: Example refer ك و ك ب ا in the verse Quran (12:12:4) 2) Linear measurement 3) Measure of capacity 4) Weight This noun is a م ص د ر which specify the reason for doing an action. This م ص د ر denotes a mental situation like fear, love,.م ن ص و ب is م ص د ر desire, respect etc. This Example ل م ا خ ر ج خ و ف ا م ن ال م ط ر I did not go out for fear of rain. This م ص د ر is mostly with,ت ن و ي ن but it may also be اف.م ض In ال م ف ع و ل coming as م ض اف is خ ش ي ة (15:17:31) Quran the verse.ل ه

200 Introduction to Exceptions (Seq # 212) Consider the below student All the students have passed except Khalid. In the Arabic language it can be translated as ا لا خ ال د ا ن ج ح الط لا ب ك ل ه م It is an example of exception clause. As understanding exception in the Arabic language is important, we will discuss this topic in couple of next sessions. Elements of Exceptions (Seq # 213) There are three elements of exceptions a) In the last topic, خ ال د ا is excepted. It is termed in the. ا ل م س ت ث ن ى Arabic language as b) In the last topic, Khalid is excepted from the students. Thus exception is made from the students. The noun from which exception (in this case لا ب (الط is made is termed. ا ل م س ت ث ن ى م ن ه as لا is (ا داة الا س ت ث ناء ( exception c) In the last topic, the tool of.ا لا This exception. is a particle. There are many tools of ا لا But we study only three which are.س و ى and غ ي ر,ا nouns. are the س و ى and غ ي ر Types of exceptions (Seq # ) If ا ل م س ت ث ن ى is of same kind as ا ل م س ت ث ن ى م ن ه then exception is said to be ل.م ت ص If ا ل م س ت ث ن ى is of different kind from.م ن ق ط ع then exception is said to be ا ل م س ت ث ن ى م ن ه From the second point of view, the exception is ت ام if is present, otherwise the exception is said to be ا ل م س ت ث ن ى م ن ه

201 exception the sentence is always negative, or م ف ر غ In the.م ف ر غ prohibitive or interrogative. From the third point of view, The sentence containing the exception is of two types a) Affirmative sentence ( ج ب (م و or b) ). غ ي ر م و ج ب ( sentence Negative, prohibitive or interrogative.غ ي ر م و ج ب is لا ا ل ه ا لا اهلل Thus the Arabic statement Grammatical Rules of exception (Seq # 215) The following are the grammatical rules of exceptions 1) If the exception is م ن ق ط ع then the exception is always.م ن ص و ب 2) If the exception is م ت ص ل then the following applies.م ن ص و ب then the exception is م و ج ب a) If the sentence is b) If the sentence is غ ي ر م و ج ب then the exception is or may have the same case as that of,م ن ص و ب. ا ل م س ت ث ن ى م ن ه 3) If the exception is م ف ر غ then it is not in fixed case and will follow the ال ا ع ر اب as per need. It will become clear when we remove the exception and observe the role/function of the ا ل م س ت ث ن ى. Example is the word with meaning Satan in the verse Quran (15:18:63) is the doer.ا ن س ى of the Form-IV verb 4) The exception after غ ي ر and س و ى is م ج ر و ر as this ل ي ه exception comes as.م ض اف ا Verses Quran (15:18:16), Quran (15:18:22) and Quran (15:18:39) are few examples with negative exceptions. 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Read the verse Quran (15:18:50). The part of the verse is an affirmative sentence with

202 exception ( ج ب (م و and the exception ( س (ا ب ل ي which is a.م ن ص و ب diptote noun is Introduction to Numbers (Seq # 216) Numbers are little difficult in the Arabic language. So we learn in few subsequent sessions and we limit our scope to learn few numbers. The reader is highly recommended to read other books in references to have complete idea. The number is.م ع د و د The thing being counted is termed as.ع د د termed as The following are the masculine and feminine Arabic words used for 1 to 10.,ث م ان ي,س ب ع,س ت,خ م س,ا ر ب ع,ث لا ث,ا ث ن ا ن,و اح د (masculine, (ع ش ر,ت س ع,س ب ع ة,س ت ة,خ م س ة,ا ر ب ع ة,ث لا ث ة,ا ث ن ت ان,و اح د ة (feminine,.(ع ش ر ة,ت س ع ة,ث م ان ي ة 1) State TRUE or FALSE: The feminine form of three, five and seven is present in the verse Quran (15:18:22). Numbers 1 and 2 (Seq # 217) The numbers 1 and 2 always come as adjectives. Examples are given below..(ا ل ه واح د ( god One (ط ال ب ة و اح د ة ( student One female (ط ال ب ان اث ن ان ( students Two male (ط ال ب ت ان اث ن ت ان ( students Two female Numbers 3 to 10 (Seq # 218) The numbers 3 to 10 are always م ض اف م ض اف ا ل ي ه. These numbers do not agree with و د.م ع د If the م ع د و د is masculine then these numbers are feminine. If the م ع د و د is feminine then these numbers are masculine. Another important point is that below. is always written as plural. Examples are given م ع د و د

203 Three nights ( ث ل ي ا ل (ث ل (Here night is feminine) Three days ( ث ة ا ي ام (ث لا (Here day is masculine) Numbers 11 to 19 (Seq # 219) The numbers 11 to 19 are compositions of two words. In this case م ع د و د is always singular and م ن ص و ب (this same case also true upto 99). For 11 and 12 both the parts of the composition agrees in gender with و د.م ع د For 13 to 19 the first part does not agree and second part agrees with م ع د و د in gender. Examples are given below. (خ م س ع ش ر ة ط ال ب ة ( students 15 female (ا ح د ع ش ر ط ال ب ا) 11 male students ح د ى ع ش ر ة ط ال ب ة ( students 11 female (ا (ا ث ن ا ع ش ر ط ال ب ا) 12 male students (ا ث ن ت ا ع ش ر ة ط ال ب ة ( students 12 female (خ م س ة ع ش ر ط ال ب ا) 15 male students Numbers 20, 30, (Seq # 220) These numbers are called as ال ع ق و د in the Arabic language. They always come in the form as sound masculine plural. Examples are given below. (ا ر ب ع و ن ط ال ب ا) Forty students (ع ش ر و ن ط ال ب ا) Twenty students Learning few middle numbers (Seq # 221) Let us learn for example 34, 56 and 79 here. The units should be read first (from right to left) in the Arabic language. See below. ) ا ر ب ع ة و ث لا ث و ن ط ال ب ا ( students Thirty four male ) س ت ة و خ م س و ن ط ال ب ا ( students Fifty six male (ت س ع ة و س ت و ن ط ال ب ا ( students Seventy nine male

204 The ordinal numbers (Seq # 222) This topic deals with the ordinal numbers from first to tenth. The word for first is.ا و ل The ordinal numbers from 2 to 10 comes on the pattern of.ف اع ل In Arabic second, third, fourth etc till tenth are written as ( ث ان {originally.(ع اش ر,ت اس ع,ث ام ن,س اب ع,س اد س,خ ام س,ر اب ع,ث ال ث,{ث ان ي 1) State TRUE or FALSE: Fourth of them, sixth of them, eigth of them are م ض اف م ض ا ف ا ل ي ه and is present in the verse Quran (15:18:22). Few miscellenious grammatic rules (Seq # 223) ك ان A) The majzoom forms of 5 in pocket of the verb,ي ك ن Thus instead of.ن may optionally drop the ي ك و ن ا ك,ت ك,ت ك,ي ك those may be,ن ك ن and ا ك ن,ت ك ن,ت ك ن and.ن ك Examples are Quran (16:19:9) and Quran (16:19:20). B) The word ح ت ى which means till has hidden ن.ا Thus verb form coming after ح ت ى will be و ب.م ن ص The word in the verse ح ت ى and it came after م ن ص و ب is ت ن ف ق و ا Quran (4:3:92). C) The word ك ي means so that and this word denotes.م ن ص و ب into ال م ض ار ع futurity. This word converts the Example is Quran (16:20:33). D) The word ك is a preposition and the noun coming after this ك is و ر.م ج ر The meaning of this word is like. Example is ه ذ ا ال ب ي ت ك ال م س ج د (This house is like a mosque). Refer to the verse Quran (1:2:19) for example. This preposition cannot be used with pronouns. In such a case the word م ث ل is added between the preposition and the pronoun. Example is Quran (1:2:17).

205 ت E) The maqsoor nouns ( و ر (ال م ق ص are the nouns ending ا ل ح س نى (Moses), م و س ى Examples are.(ا) with long Alif (The best), ال ف ى (The young man) etc. م ا (where), ا ي ن (who), م ن F) Some interrogative words like ذ ا (how) and some adverbs like ك ي ف (when), م ت ى (what), ا (when), ح ي ث (wherever), ا م س (yesterday), الا ن (now) are Mabni. G) The past and imperative tenses do not undergo any change. Thus they are mabni. H) The past tense is also used to express a wish. Example غ ف ر الله ل ه (May Allah forgive him!). I) As exception certain proper names have ال (Al). Examples are ال ح س ي ن,ال ح س ن etc. ام ا or: J) Either is used for either. or. Example ام ا. و is ا ما ت ف ت ح و ا ما ا ف ت ح (Either you open or I open). References for future reading (Seq # 224) 2 This book has given a little overview of the Arabic language. Reader is recommended to go through the below references for future reading. 1) Institute of the language of the Quran, 2) Understand Quran Academy, 3) The Quranic Arabic Corpus, Answers to the exercises T=True, F=False Tanveen (Seq# 1) T, T, T No word for 'a' and 'an'(seq# 2) T, T, T Indefinite Noun and Definite Noun (Seq T, T, T, F, # 3) T will not be preceded with person ال T, T, F names nouns (Seq# 4) Sun letters and Moon Letters (Seq# 5) T, T, T Marfoun, م ن ص و ب and Majroor (Seq# T, T, T, T, 6) T

206 ه م ر ف وع By default a noun will always be (Seq # 7) Feminine gender Nouns (Seq # 8) Parts of speech in the Arabic language (Seq # 10) Triptotes and Diptotes (Seq # 11) Ending of a Diptote noun is Fatah in case of م ن ص وب and م ج ر ور (Seq # 12) First two categories of Diptotes (Seq # 13) 6 Detached personal pronouns (Seq # 14) Prepositions, heavily used topic in Quran (Seq # 15) Behavior of Diptote with Preposition (Seq # 16) Prepositions when with Pronouns (Seq # 17) T, F, T T, T, T, T, T T, F, T T, T, F, T, T T, T, T T, T, T T, T, T, F, T T, T, T, T, T T, T, T F,T, T Vocative Harmony, Jaar Majroor case of for preposition with attached T, T, T pronoun (Seq# 18) Jaar Majroor with other attached T, F, T, T, personal pronouns (Seq# 19) T Seqھمزة # 20( T, T, T الوصل و ھمزة القطع ) T, T, T, F, Seqم ض اف # 21( T م ض اف إ ل يه ) The difference between "Book of a student" and "Book of the student" (Seq # 22) Examples of م ضا ف م ضا ف إ ل ي ه (Seq # 23) Muzaaf Muzaaf ilaihi with pronouns (Seq # 24) Understanding Ya-Mutakallim (Seq # 25) T, F, T T, T, T T, T, F, T, T T, T, F م ضا ف م ضا ف إ ل ي Preposition before T, T, T (Seq# 27) Adverbs (Seq# 28) T, T, T Seqظ ر ف # 29( T, F, T م ض اف إ ل ي ه ) Demonstrative Pronouns (Seq# 30) T, T, F, T, Relative Pronouns (Seq # 31) Effect of conjunction و on subsequent words (nouns) (Seq # 33) Chain of م ضا ف م ضا ف إ ل ي ه (Seq# 34) Concept of Mabni (Seq# 35) Learning 14 Personal Pronouns (Seq # 36) Jaar Majroor with 14 pronouns (Seq # 37) Muzaaf Muzaaf ilaihi with 14 pronouns (Seq # 38) Introduction to Arabic Plurals (Seq # 41) Sound Masculine Plurals (Seq # 42) Sound Feminine Plurals (Seq# 43) Broken Plurals (Seq# 44) Duals (Seq# 46) No Arabic word for is (Seq# 48) F T, T, T T, F, T, T, T T, T, T T, T, F T, T, F, F, T T, T, T T, T, T T, T, F T, T, T, T, F T, T, T T, T, T T, T, T T, T, T Introduction to Nominal sentence (Seq T, T, T # 49) Subject ( (ال م ب ت د أ is always م ر ف و ع (Seq# 50) T, T, T (ج م ل ة ( Sentence Difference between a F, T, T and a phrase ( ج م ل ة (ش ب ه (Seq# 51) T, T, T, F, One word predicate (Seq# 53) F comesم ض اف in the position of م ض اف إليه subject or predicate ) Seq # 54( Prepositional phrase as a predicate 55) (second type) (Seq # (خ ب ر ( (خ ب ر ( predicate Adverbial phrase as a (third type) (Seq # 56) Nominal sentence as Predicate (fourth type) (Seq # 58) Difference between "This book" and "This is a book" (Seq # 60) Vocative particle ي ا (Seq # 61) Interrogative particle ( ھ ل and (أ (Seq # 62) T, T, T T, T, T T, T, F T, T, F T, T, F T, T, T, T, T T, T, T

207 ل Adding Emphasis to the sentence by (Seq # 63) theإ particle of emphasis and Nasbin ن, (Seq# 64( # (Seq whenإ joins with 14 pronouns ن 65( Ladder slider game of إ ن and ل (Seq# 66) Usage of أ م and أ و (Seq# 69) Few more categories of Diptotes (Seq# 70) Which ( ي (أ (Seq# 71) Introduction to verbal sentence (Seq # 77) Introduction to Three radicals (or letters) (Seq # 78) Transitive verbs and Intransitive verbs (Seq # 79) Understanding Baab ف ت ح session # 1 (Seq # 82) Understanding Baab ف ت ح session # 2 (Seq # 83) Understanding Baab ف ت ح session # 3 (Seq # 84) Understanding Baab ف ت ح session # 4 (Seq # 85) Understanding Baab ف ت ح session # 5 (Seq # 86) Putting together all the things learned from the last 5 topics (Seq # 87) Mutaharrik Pronouns and Saakin Pronouns for the Past tense (Seq # 89) Understanding Baab ف ت ح present tense 90) (Seq # (م ض ار ع ( Mutaharrik Pronouns and Saakin Pronouns for the Present tense (Seq # 92) Revisiting the topic Verbal sentence as Predicate (fifth type) for Nominal sentence (Seq # 93) T, T, T F, T, T T, T, T T, T, T T, T, T T, T, T T, T, F T, T, T T, T, T T, T, F T, T, T, F, T T, T, T, T, T T, T, T, T, T T, T, T T, T, T T, T, T T, T, T, T, T T, T, T, T, T T, T, T T, T, F Unique Characteristics of second letter 94) (Seq # (ع ك ل م ة ( Few sample verbs from Baab Fataha 95) (a-a group) (Seq # (ف ت ح ( Few sample verbs from Baab Nasara 96) (a-u group) (Seq # (ن ص ر ( Few sample verbs from Baab Zaraba 97) (a-i group) (Seq # (ض ر ب ( Few sample verbs from Baab Sami`a 98) (i-a group) (Seq # (س م ع ( Particle of futurity, Future tense (Seq # 99) Importance of Vowel signs, Understanding ذھبت (Seq # 100) Joining pronouns to the verbs (Seq # 101) Protection noon ن (Seq# 102) Protection alif ا (Seq # 103) T, T, F T, T, T T, T, T T, T, T T, T, T T T T, T, F T, T, T Verbal sentence cannot have two doers T (Seq# 105) Moods of the verb (Seq# 106) T, T, T Imperative tense ( أ م ر (ف ع ل (Seq# 107) T, T, T Prohibitive ال (Seq# 108) T, T, F Negative particle for past, present and future (Seq # 109) F F, T, T The particle أ ن and ال ت ع ل ي ل ( ل (الم (Seq # 111) T, T, T

208 Masdar م ص د ر (Seq # 112) T Masdar Mu`awwal (II) (Seq # 167) T Negative Laam for entire genus (ال) (Seq # 169) T 117) verbs (Seq # ال م ث ال T, T, T Form-II ( ت ف ع ي ل (ب اب (Seq# 181) T, T, T 118) verbs (a-u group) (Seq # األج و ف 119) verbs (a-i group) (Seq # األج و ف 121) verbsال ن اق ص (past tense) (Seq # T, T, T T T, T, T # (Seq verbsال ن اق ص (present tense) 122) T, T, T AlMuzaafu ( عف (ال م ض verbs (Seq # 124) T, T, T Laam of command (or request) for third and first person (Seq # 126) T, T, T Doer ( ال ف اع ل (اس م (Seq# 129) T, T, T Noun of place and time (Seq # 131) T, T, T ل Usage of verb ك ان in Nominal sentence (Seq# 141) T Five Nouns ( اال س م اء ال خ م س ة )(Seq# 146) T, T, T Word for (ك ال) Both (Seq# 149) T, T, T Hope or fear ( (ل ع (Seq# 151) T Jazam for Demand (Seq # 156) T (ل و ( condition Particle of Unfulfilled (Seq # 158) T, T, T Circumstances when Jawab (answer to condition) takes ف (Seq # 161) T When ما) (ل (Seq# 162) T A word about إ ن م ا (Seq# 165) F Form-VIII ( ا ف ت ع ال (ب اب (Seq# 191) T Understanding Energetic ن session # 1 (Seq# 202) T State or Circumstance ( (ال ح ال (Seq# 209) T Grammatical Rules of exception (Seq# 215) T Introduction to Numbers (Seq# 216) T The ordinal numbers (Seq # 222) T Appendix A The following are the phrases organized as 5 per day (for easy practice) where preposition comes before م ض اف م ض اف ال يه. The translation is approximate. Day # 1

209 mouths),, from their م ن ا ف و ا هه م ( slave), on his,ع ل ى ع ب د ه (, on their ع ل ى ا ث ار ه م ( signs/verses),, from our م ن ا ي ات ن ا ( footsteps), ا م ر ن ا),م ن from our order). Day # 2 م ن ( hearts), On their,ع ل ى ق ل و ب ه م ( lord), On their,ب ر ب ه م ( from your,م ن ا م ر ك م ( mercy), from his,ر ح م ت ه work/affair/order), ( ع ن ك ه ف ه م, from their cave). Day # 3 your,ب و ر ق ك م ( Allah),, from the signs of م ن ا ي ات الل ه ( coin/money), ( ف ى م ل ت ه م, in their religion), ( ع ل ى ا م ر ه م, on their work), (,ب ع د ت ه م about their numbers). Day # 4 decision), in his,ف ي ح ك م ه ( cave), in their,ف ي ك ه ف ه م ( of/about our,ع ن ذ ك ر ن ا) words),, to his ل ك ل م ت ه ( rememberance), ( ر ب ك م,م ن from your lord). Day # 5 companion), to his,ل ص اح ب ه ( (dual)), to one of them,ل ا ح د ه م ا) from,م ن ج ن ت ك ( lord), with my,ب ر ب ي ( lord), to my,ا ل ى ر ب ي ( your garden). Day # 6 ع لى ( trellises), on its,ع ل ى ع ر و ش ه ا ( fruits), with his,ب ث م ر ه ( ف ي ( hearts), on their,ع ل ى ق ل و ب ه م ( lord), before your,ر ب ك ears)., in their اذ ان ه م Day # 7 م ن ( servant), to his,ل ف ت ه ( destruction), for their,ل م ه ل ك ه م ( (dual) on their,ع ل ى ا ث ار ه م ا ( journey), from our,س ف ر ن ا footsteps), ع ب اد ن ا),م ن from our slaves). Day # 8, from م ن ك ل ش ى ء ( zil-qarnian), about,ع ن ذ ى ال ق ر ن ي ن ( ع ن ( lord), from my,م ن ر ب ى ( lord), to his,ا ل ى ر ب ه ( everything), ears)., on their ع ل ى ا ذ ان ه م ( rememberance), about my,ذ ك ر ى

210 Appendix B Some selected Arabic vocabulary is given below in م ر ف و ع case. Day # 1,ع ج ب ( grief),,ا س ف ( straight),,ق ي م ( crookedness),,ع و ج ( wonder),(,ف ت ي ة youths). Day # 2,ب ي ن ( enormity),,ش ط ط ( period), time,ا م د ( way), right,ر ش د ( clear), (,م ر ف ق ease). Day # 3 away/flight), run,ف ر ار ( sleep),,ر ق و د ( left),,ش م ال ( right),,ي م ي ن ( terror).,ر ع ب ( Day # 4, غ د و ة ( how),,ك ي ف ( few),,ق ل ي ل ( guess),, ر ج م ( ever),,ا ب د ( morning). Day # 5,ذ ه ب ( brass), molten,م ه ل ( excess),,ف ر ط ( evening),,ع ش ي ( gold), ( ر,خ ض green). Day # 6,ت ر اب ( men),,ن ف ر ( crops),,ز ر ع ( date),,ن خ ل ( silk), fine,س ن د س ( dust). Day # 7 protection),,و لا ي ة ( slippery),,ز ل ق ( man),,ر ج ل ( semen),,ن ط ف ة ( end). final,ع ق ب ( Day # 8,ب ار ز ة ( hope),,ا م ل ( stalks), dry,ه ش ي م ( vegetation),,ن ب ات ( leveled plain), ( و,ع د enemy). Day # 9 sunken/underground), deep,غ و ر ( big),,ك ب ي ر ة ( small),,ص غ ي ر ة ( quarrelsome).,ج د ل ( barrier),,م و ب ق (

211 Day # 10,و ق ر ( covering),,ا ك ن ة ( ridicule/joke),,ه ز و ( before),,ق ب ل ( deafness), ( ب,ن ص fatigue). Day # 11,ع س ر ( knowledge),,خ ب ر ( guidance), right,ر ش د ( rock),,ص خ ر ة ( difficulty), ( م,غ ل boy). Day # 12 transgression),,ط غ ي ان ( force),, غ ص ب ( evil),,ن ك ر ( pure),,ز ك ي ة ( affection).,ر ح م ( Day # 13 mud), dark,ح م ي ة ( spring),,ع ي ن ( course/means),,س ب ب ( shelter).,س ت ر ( ease),,ي س ر ( Day # 14 molten,ق ط ر ( barrier),,ر د م ( barrier),,س د ( expenditure),,خ ر ج ( copper), (,ن ق ب penetration). Day # 15 transfer),,ح و ل ( work),,ص ن ع ( lodging),,ن ز ل ( cover),,غ طا ء ( ink).,م د اد ( Day # 16,ا ي ق اظ ( authority),, س ل ط ن ( inscription),,ر ق ي م ( forever),,ا ب د ( awake), ( ي د,و ص entrance). Day # 17,و ل ي ( tomorrow),,غ د ا) argument),,م ر ا ء ( food),,ط ع ام ( protector), (,ا ح د one/anyone). Day # 18 hour),,س اع ة ( within),,خ ل ل ( garments),,ث ي اب ( wall),,س ر اد ق ( calamity).,ح س ب ان ( Day # 19,ح و ت ( time/frequency),,م ر ة ( group),,ف ي ة ( collapsed),,خ او ي ة ( fish), (,ا م ر grave/evil).

212 Day # 20,ص د ف ( sheet),,ز ب ر ( course),,س ب ب ( town),,ق ر ي ة ( cliff/mountain), (,ا ك ل produce/production). Day # 21,ق ا ي م ة ( display/show),,ع ر ض ( hearing),,س م ع ( efforts),,س ع ي ( establish/occurance), (,ذ ر ي ة offspring/children). Day # 22 back/after),,و ر ا ء ( defect),,ا ع ي ب ( meal),,غ د ا ء ( escape),,م و ي ل ( purity)., ز ك و ة ( Appendix C mafoolun bihi is surrounded by slashes (//). In the English translation column the type of sentence and type of khabar is also mentioned for easy understanding. Reader should refer to the Quran and understand the complete verse to get the context and concept of the verse. S.No Arabic transliteration English translation Verse # 1 (Rabbu)naa {rabbu}-samaawaati w-al-arz 2 (zaalika) {min aayaati}llahi 3 [Dakhala] /Jannata/huu 3 (Huwa) {Zaalimul}linafsihii 4 (Almaalu) wa-lbanuuna {zeenatu}lhayaatidduniya 5 (Alhaqqu) {mirrabbi}kum Our lord is the lord of heavens and earth. (NS-Khabar1) That is from signs of Allah. (NS-Khabar2) He entered into his garden. (VS) He is unjust to himself. (NS-Khabar1) Wealth and children are the decoration of the life of this world. (NS-Khabar1) The truth is from your lord. (NS-khabar2) Quran (15:18:14) Quran (15:18:17) Quran (15:18:35) Quran (15:18:35) Quran (15:18:46) Quran (15:18:29) Some part of the verses present in chapter cave (# 18) are taken as examples for understanding nominal or verbal sentences. For Nominal sentences, Subject is present in round brackets and predicate/khabar is present in curly brackets ({}). For Verbal sentences, Verb is present in square brackets ([]) and